BTBT Global Success 7 Ki 1

BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ
TIẾNG ANH 7
GLOBAL SUCCESS
UNIT 1. HOBBIES
A. VOCABULARY
Part of
No. Word Pronunciation Meaning
speech
1 Arrange v /əˈreɪnʤ/ Sắp xếp, sắp đặt, cắm
2 Benefit n /ˈbenɪfɪt/ Lợi ích
3 Bird-watching v /bɜːd-ˈwɒʧɪŋ/ Ngắm chim
4 Board games n /bɔːd geɪmz/ Trò chơi trên bàn cờ
5 Bored (with) adj /bɔːd (wɪð)/ Chán (cái gì)
6 Bug n /bʌg/ Con bọ
7 Carve v /kɑːrv/ Điêu khắc
8 Cheap adj /ʧiːp/ Rẻ
9 Clay n /kleɪ/ Đất sét
/ˈkɒlɑːʒ/ Một bức tranh tạo thành từ nhiều
10 Collage n
tranh, ảnh nhỏ
11 Collect v /kəˈlɛkt/ Sưu tập, thu thập
12 Competition n /ˌkɒmpɪˈtɪʃən/ Cuộc thi
13 Cost v /kɒst/ Tốn (tiền), có giá
14 Decorate v /ˈdekəreɪt/ Trang trí
15 Defeat v /dɪˈfiːt/ Đánh bại
16 Display v, n /dɪˈspleɪ/ Trưng bày, sự trưng bày
17 Foreign adj /ˈfɒrən/ Nước ngoài
18 Game (against) n geɪm (əˈgeinst) Trận đấu (để đấu lại ai)
19 Glue n /ɡluː/ Keo dán, hồ dán
20 Good (at) adj /ɡʊd/ Giỏi (về)
21 Interest n /ˈɪntrəst/ Sở thích
22 Lyric n /ˈlɪrɪk/ Lời bài hát
23 Melody n /ˈmelədi/ Giai điệu
24 Model n /ˈmɒdl/ Mô hình
25 Nature n /ˈneɪtʃə(r)/ Tự nhiên, thiên nhiên
26 Opponent n /əˈpəʊnənt/ Đối thủ
27 Patient adj /ˈpeɪʃnt/ Kiên nhẫn
28 Photo n /ˈfəʊtəʊ/ Bức ảnh
29 Present n /ˈpreznt/ Món quà
30 Pursue v /pəˈsjuː/ Theo đuổi
31 Receive v /rɪˈsiːv/ Nhận
32 Save = protect v /seɪv = prəˈtekt/ Bảo vệ
33 Set v /set/ (Mặt trời) lặn
34 Sew v /səʊ/ May vá
35 Stress n /stres/ Sự căng thẳng
36 Surf (the Internet) v /sɜːf (ði ˈɪntəˌnet)/ Lướt (mạng)
37 Unique adj /juˈniːk/ Độc đáo
38 Usual adj /ˈjuːʒuəl/ Bình thường
39 Valuable adj /ˈvæljuəbl/ Quý giá
40 Wood n /wʊd/ Gỗ
B. PRONUNCIATION
Nguyên âm đơn dài e (prefer), ea (learn), i (first), u (nurse), o (word), ou (journey)
/ɜː/
Nguyên âm đơn ngắn a (about), e (open), o (compare), u (future), ou (famous)
/ə/
C. GRAMMAR
I. The present simple (Thì hiện tại đơn)
1. Forms (Cấu trúc)
Động từ thường Động từ “to be”
Câu S + Vs/es S + am/ is/ are + N/ adj/ prep
khẳng định E.g: He watches TV every day. E.g: My mother is a teacher
Câu S + do/ does not + V-inf S + am/ is/ are not + N/ adj/ prep
phủ định E.g: I don ’t like cakes. E.g: I’m not a student.
Do/ Does + S + V-inf? Am/ Is/ Are + S + N/adj/prep?
(+) Yes, S + do / does. (+) Yes, S + is / am / are.
Câu
(-) No, s + don’t / doesn’t. (-) No, S + is / am / are + not.
nghi vấn
E.g: Do you like playing chess? E.g: Are you sure?
- No, I don ’t. - Yes, I am.
2. Use (Cách dùng)
Diễn tả sự thật, chân lý hiển nhiên E.g: The sun rises in the East.
Diễn tả sở thích, thói quen E.g: I often get up at six o ’clock.
Diễn tả cảm xúc, cảm giác E.g: She likes singing.
Diễn tả sự di chuyển có lịch trình E.g: The plane takes off in 5 minutes.
3. Add s/es to the verbs (Quy tắc thêm đuôi s/es vào sau động từ)
Động từ tận cùng là o, s, x, z, ch, sh, ss 🡪 thêm -es E.g: wash 🡪 washes
Động từ tận cùng là phụ âm + y, bỏ -y 🡪 thêm -ies E.g: carry 🡪 carries
Các động từ còn lại 🡪 thêm s E.g: learn 🡪 learns
Các động từ đặc biệt E.g: have 🡪 has
4. Spelling rules (Quy tắc phát âm đuôi s/es)
Phát âm là Từ có tận cùng là các phụ âm /f/, /t/, /k/, /p/, /ð/ (thường E.g: walks /wɔ:ks/
/s/ có tận cùng là các chữ cái gh, th, ph, k, f, t, p)
Phát âm là Từ có tận cùng là các âm /s/, /z/, /ʃ/, /tʃ/, /ʒ/, /dʒ/ (thường E.g: boxes /'bɒksiz/
/iz/ có tận cùng là các chữ cái x, z, s, ss, sh, ch, ce, ges)
Phát âm là E.g: chickens /'tfikinz/
/z/ Các trường hợp còn lại (b, d, g, l, m, n, ng, r, v, y, ...)
* Lưu ý: cách phát âm phải dựa vào phiên âm quốc tế, không dựa vào cách viết.
5. Time expressions (Dấu hiệu trạng ngữ thời gian)
💧 Every + khoảng thời gian (every day/ week/ month/ year, ...)
💧 Once/ twice/ three times/ four times + a/per + khoảng thời gian (once a day/ week/ month/ year, ...)
💧 In the + buổi trong ngày (in the morning, ...)
💧 Trạng từ chỉ tần suất:

+ Đứng trước động từ chính
E.g: I often play soccer. (Tôi thường chơi hóng đá.)
+ Ngoại lệ: Đứng sau to be (am/ is/ are) trong thì hiện tại tiếp diễn
E.g: She is always late. (Cô ta cứ đến muộn mãi.)
100% Always Luôn luôn, lúc nào cũng, suốt, hoài
90% Usually Thường xuyên
80% Generally Thông thường, theo lệ
70% Often Thường
50% Sometimes Thỉnh thoảng
30% Occasionally Thỉnh thoảng, đôi khi
10% Hardly ever Hầu như, hiếm khi
5% Rarely Hiếm khi, ít khi
0% Never Không bao giờ
II. Expressing liking & disliking (Diễn đạt sự yêu thích / không yêu thích)
Liking Disliking
Adjectives be fond of be disgusted with
be keen on
be interested in
be into
be addicted to
be fascinated by
be crazy about
be mad about
Nouns big fan of hate for
passion for hatred for
Verbs adore can't bear
enjoy can't put up with
fancy can't stand
like (Ving/ to V) can't tolerate
love (Ving/ to V) detest
prefer (Ving/ to V) dislike
* prefer Ving to Ving hate (Ving/ to V)
loathe
mind
Examples - Lucy adores collecting stamps.  We dislike doing exercises every
- I am keen on playing the violin. morning.
He hates playing table tennis.
D. PRACTICE
PART 1. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. bird B. girl C. first D. sister
2. A. burn B. sun C. hurt D. turn
3. A. nurse B. picture C. surf D. return
4. A. neighbor B. favorite C. culture D. tourist
5. A. hobby B. hour C. hotel D. hot
Exercise 2. Find the word which has different stress from the others.
1. A. arrange B. foreign C. lyric D. model
2. A. collect B. defeat C. nature D. unique
3. A. receive B. perceive C. present D. arrange
4. A. decorate B. melody C. valuable D. opponent
5. A. protect B. photo C. patient D. nature
PART 2. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR
I. VOCABULARY
Exercise 1. Look at the pictures and fill in the blanks.
nature competition cheap bird-watching wood
carve decorate bug present photo
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Exercise 2. Circle the odd one out.
1. A. reporter B. collector C. gardener D. newspaper
2. A. stamp B. album C. collector D. mountain
3. A. skating B. climbing C. gardening D. horse-riding
4. A. hate B. enjoy C. love D. like
5. A. unusual B. favourite C. popular D. common
6. A. cycling B. cooking C. night D. gardening
7. A. play B. swim C. collect D. stamps
8. A. horse-riding B. challenging C. bird-watching D. mountain-climbing
9. A. pet B. write C. walk D. eat
10. A. pottery B. cook C. flower D. wood
Exercise 3. Reorder the letters to make correct words, then match them with their meanings.
A B
1. D-O-R-B-E a. to get and keep things of one type such as stamps or coins as a hobby
2. A-R-V-C-E b. the words of a song, especially a pop song
3. E-C-A-H-P c. a picture that is made by using a camera that stores images in digital form or that
has a film sensitive to light inside it
4. L-C-E-T-O-L-C d. feeling tired and impatient because you have lost interest in somebody/ something
or because you have nothing to do
5. T-O-S-C e. pressure or worry caused by the problems in somebody's life
6. T-E-F-A-E-D f. something that you are given, without asking for it, on a special occasion, especially
to show friendship, or to say thank you
7. I-L-Y-R-C g. to make objects, patterns, etc. by cutting away material from a piece of wood or
stone, or another hard material
8. H-O-P-O-T h. the amount of money needed to buy, do, or make something
9. T-P-E-R-E-N-S i. to win against someone in a fight, war, or competition
10. S-S-T-E-R-S k. costing little money or less money than you expected
II. GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Write the correct 3rd person singular verb form.
1. eat ___________ 11. see ___________
2. do ___________ 12. wake ___________
3. study ___________ 13. take ___________
4. watch ___________ 14. teach ___________
5. drink ___________ 15. brush ___________
6. read ___________ 16. lose ___________
7. make ___________ 17. kiss ___________
8. learn ___________ 18. catch ___________
9. tidy ___________ 19. swim ___________
10. play ___________ 20. carry ___________
Exercise 2. Complete the sentences using Present Simple.
1. My sister (go) _________ to school from Monday to Friday.
2. My hair (be) _________ short and black.
3. Mary (tidy) _________ her room every morning.
4. Jack and Jill (not speak) _________ Vietnamese well.
5. My younger sister (not be) _________ fond of seafood.
6. John (not get) _________ up early on Sundays.
7. _________ (Anna / have) milk for breakfast?
8. What _________ (you / do / usually) in your free time?
9. _________ (they / wear) uniforms every school day?
10. What time _________ (his school / start)?
Exercise 3. Turn the following sentences into positive, negative and interrogative.
1. (+) I like collecting glass bottles.
(-) _____________________________________ (?) _____________________________________
2. (+) _____________________________________(?) _____________________________________
(-) She doesn't like taking photos.
3. (+) My sister enjoys going to the cinema with her friends.
(-) _____________________________________ (?) _____________________________________
4. (+) My sister's hobby is arranging flowers.
(-) _____________________________________ (?) _____________________________________
5. (+) Anna and Hoa love collecting toy bears.
(-) _____________________________________ (?) _____________________________________
6. (+) Listening to music in my free time is my favourite hobby.
(-) _____________________________________ (?) _____________________________________
7. (+) We go fishing at weekends.
(-) _____________________________________ (?) _____________________________________
8. (+) _____________________________________(?) _____________________________________
(-) My favourite hobby isn’t watching the goldfish in the tank.
(-) _____________________________________ (?) _____________________________________
9. (+) _____________________________________(?) _____________________________________
(-) My family and I don’t watch TV every evening.
10.(+) _____________________________________ (?) _____________________________________
(?) Does John love being outdoors and discovering nature?
Exercise 4. Match the verbs in column A with the suitable nouns/ noun phrases in column B.
A B
1. collect A. television
2. take B. books
3. do C. stamps
4. watch D. pop music
5. play E. wood
6. go F. pottery
7. listen to G. photos
8. make H. the piano
9. read I. sightseeing
10. carve J. housework
Exercise 5. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1. Sally and her family love (go) _________________ to the park in the summer.
2. Her mum likes (lie) _________________ on the blanket and loves (read) _________________ her favourite
magazines.
3. Anna’s family (like) _________________ the park because they love (be) _________ outdoors.
4. I enjoy (collect) _________________ dolls and it becomes my pleasure.
5. We love (watch) _________________ new films, and we (go) _________________ to watch a new
Hollywood film next weekend.
6. My brother hates (do) _________________ the same things day after day.
7. Our uncle (play) _________________ badminton once a week.
8. I (collect) _________________ a lot of stamps from foreign countries so far.
9. In 2100, people (travel) _________________ in flying cars.
10. “I’m so hungry, Mum.” - “I (make) _________________ you some sandwiches.”
Exercise 6. Put the verb in the parentheses into correct tenses.
1. The sun always (rise) _________________ in the east.
2. In my country, it (not, rain) _________________ much in winter.
3. The moon (move) _________________ around the earth.
4. Mai (be) _________________ very happy because she has 3 good marks today.
5. I like _________ (play) _________________ tennis.
6. My brother (enjoy) _______________ playing football. He usually (play) _______________ football every
afternoon.
7. My brothers (be, not) _________________ engineers.
8. Well, he is 40 years old, bald with a moustache. He (have) _________________ large ears and he
_________ (wear) _________________ glasses.
9. They (have, not) _________________ any money.
10. Hoa (visit) _________________ her parents once a year.
Exercise 7. Choose the correct answer in each sentence.
1. Are you interested for/ in photography?
2. This is my best/ favourite book. It’s David Copperfield, by Dickens.
3. I’ve decided to make/ join the local swimming club.
4. Kate usually passes/ spends most of her time reading.
5. Tim has a very interesting fun/ hobby. He builds small boats.
6. What do you like doing in your empty/ spare time?
7. Wendy is a member/ team of the drama club.
8. Anna likes going to the cinema/ cinema.
9. John's hobby is collecting stamps. He is a stamp collect/ collector.
10. Hannah is very creative/ create and she paints very well.
Exercise 8. Complete the passages with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
Peter
Peter is playing the piano. He (1. play) _________ the piano every Monday, Wednesday and Friday.
He (2. often, play) _________ the piano for his girlfriend. His girlfriend’s name is Amanda. She
loves (3. watch) _________ Peter play. He plays classical music and sometimes he sings to her. He’s very
romantic. Peter (4. be) _________ a talented piano player. His dream (5. be) _________ to quit his job and
make a living by playing the piano while traveling around the world.
Samantha
Samantha is jogging. She (6. often, run) _________ in marathons. She (7. usually, run) _________ in
the morning, but she occasionally runs after work. She (8. never, run) _________ outside in the winter.
She (9. always, run) _________ inside because she can’t stand cold weather and she’s afraid that she will slip
and fall on the ice. Samantha (10. want) _________ to run in marathons all over the world.
Exercise 9. Circle the best answers.
1. Nowadays people _________ hours sitting in front of computers.
A. spend B. last C. set D. take
2. My uncle usually _________ a lot of beautiful photos.
A. take B. takes C. to take D. taking
3. My family enjoys _________ because we can sell vegetables and flowers _________ money.
A. garden – to B. gardening – for C. gardening - with D. garden - of
4. If your hobby is greeting card making, you can give your _________ as to your friends presents.
A. hobby B. money C. greetings D. products
5. My sister’s hobby is sewing, and she can get the sewing patterns from the _________ magazines.
A. fashion B. cooking C. sports D. science
6. My brother doesn’t like ice-skating because he thinks it is _________.
A. danger B. in danger C. dangerous D. endangered
7. My sister is very keen on swimming, and she goes swimming three _________ a week.
A. time B. a time C. times D. timings
8. I think collecting old bowls _________ a very boring hobby.
A. am B. is C. are D. be
9. I like _________ books because it widens my knowledge.
A. read B. reads C. to reading D. reading
10. Model making is a _________ way of spending time.
A. wonder B. wonderful C. wondering D. wondered
11. There are many _________ why it is important to have a hobby.
A. answers B. reasons C. details D. facts
12. Will you _________ making models in the future?
A. pick up B. look for C. take up D. find
13. Do you think that hobby is and boring?
A. easy B. difficult C. danger D. interesting
14. My brother usually _________ fishing in his free time.
A. go B. to go C. goes D. going
15. We _________ roller skating because it's dangerous.
A. don't like B. not like C. don’t likes D. doesn’t like
16. I join a photography club, and all members love _________ a lot of beautiful photos.
A. take B. taking C. make D. making
17. What does your father do _________ his free time?
A. in B. at C. on D. while
18. I think a hobby will always give you _________ and help you _________.
A. pleased - relax B. pleasure – relaxed C. pleased – relaxing D. pleasure – relax
19. You can share your stamps _________ other collectors _________ a stamp club.
A. with-at B. to-at C. with-in D. to-in
20. She finds _________ flowers interesting because it helps her relax.
A. arrange B. arranges C. to arrange D. arranging
Exercise 10. Find and correct the mistakes.
1. What does your mother does at weekends? ____________
2. When I am free, I often listens to my favourite songs from an old cassette ____________
recorder.
3. My best friend does not goes to class to learn how to sing. ____________
4. She loves music and she likes writting songs. ____________
5. My sister finds arrange flowers interesting. ____________
6. What does your favourite hobby, Anna? ____________
7. My brother have an unusual hobby, carving eggshells. ____________
8. Jim finds bird-watching interest because he can learn about nature. ____________
9. Amy likes makes pottery very much. ____________
10. My brother wants to goes to the amusement park. ____________
1. What does your mother does at weekends?
2. When I am free, I often listens to my favourite songs from an old cassette recorder.
3. My best friend does not goes to class to learn how to sing.
4. She loves music and she likes writting songs.
5. My sister finds arrange flowers interesting.
6. What does your favourite hobby, Anna?
7. My brother have an unusual hobby, carving eggshells.
8. Jim finds bird-watching interest because he can learn about nature.
9. Amy likes makes pottery very much.
10. My brother wants to goes to the amusement park.
III. READING
Exercise 1. Read the dialogue, then fill ill the blanks with suitable words in the box.
are from enjoy climb
show collecting expensive about
Nick: Hi Mi, welcome to our house!
Elena: Come upstairs! I’ll (1) ____________ you my room.
Mi: Wow! You have so many dolls.
Elena: Yes. My hobby is (2) ____________ dolls. Do you have a hobby?
Mi: I like collecting glass bottles.
Elena: Really? That's very unusual. Is it (3) ____________?
Mi: Not at all. I just keep the bottles after we use them. What (4) ____________ doll collecting? Is it
expensive?
Elena: I guess so, but all of my dolls (5) ____________ presents. My aunt and uncle always give me dolls on
special occasions.
Mi: Your dolls are all very different.
Elena: Yes, they're (6) ____________ all over the world!
Nick: I don't know why girls collect things. It's a piece of cake.
Mi: Do you have a difficult hobby, Nick?
Nick: Yes, I (7) ____________ mountain climbing.
Mi: But Nick, there are no mountains around here!
Nick: I know. I'm in a mountain climbing club. We travel to mountains around Viet Nam. In the future, I'll ( 8)
____________ mountains in other countries too.
Exercise 2. Circle the correct answers.
What do you like doing best (1) ____________ your spare time? My cousin Paul likes going (2)
____________ in the country and (3) ____________ photos. Sometimes he (4) ____________ with his friends,
and they (5) ____________ at the park or at the beach. They always (6) ____________ a good time. His
brother Chris isn’t (7) ____________ on walking. He spends most of the (8) ____________ at home.
1. A. for B. when C. in D. at
2. A. for walks B. walks C. a walk D. to walk
3. A. making B. having C. taking D. doing
4. A. travels B. gets up C. sees D. goes out
5. A. enjoy B. have fun C. hobby D. go
6. A. have B. make C. do D. like
7. A. interested B. out C. decided D. keen
8. A. other B. time C. people D. money
Exercise 3. Read the passage carefully and circle the correct answers.
If you enjoy cycling for pleasure, doing it in London can be a shock. There are not enough lanes,
especially for bikes, and making your way through the traffic can be very risky. But if you have a great
passion, cycling in London can be exciting, and it is an inexpensive way of keeping fit if you live there. Some
cyclists don't mind spending a lot of money on expensive bikes. However, if you just want a basic bike that is
only for occasional use, there are many cheap choices. Several markets have cheap bikes on sale, which may
not be impressive to look at but should be satisfactory. You should buy a cycling helmet if you want to cycle in
London. Wearing a cycling helmet is not compulsory in Britain, but it is a good idea to wear one for
protection.
1. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Cycling helmets B. Cheap bicycles
C. Bicycle markets D. Cycling in London
2. According to the passage, cycling in London is ____________.
A. easy B. difficult C. tiring D. boring
3. The word "it” in bold refers to ____________.
A. cycling B. passion C. excitement D. doing exercise
4. The difficulty of cycling in London is described in lines ____________.
A. 2-3 B. 5 C. 5-6 D. 8-9
5. According to the passage, all of the following are true EXCEPT ____________.
A. It is compulsory to wear a helmet when cycling in Britain.
B. Some bikes in London are cheap.
C. There are not many lanes, especially for bikes.
D. Some cyclists don't want to buy expensive bikes.
VI. WRITING
Exercise 1. Reorder the words to make correct sentences.
1. His / flowers. / is / painting / hobby I pictures / of
2. television I your / favorite / What's / program?
3. stamps, / of / my / is / collecting / old / One / hobbies
4. to / my / often / spend / leisure / time / listening / I / the / radio.
5. is / Tom / a / model /railroad / hobbyist.
6. Dave / doesn't / Mary. / enjoy / hanging / with / out
7. getting / hates / up / Tom / in / the / morning. / early
8. Making / model / planes / is/ his / only / hobby.
9. playing / loves / Einstein / the / violin.
10. hobbies. / spend / have / time / to / with / their / families / or / to / their / enjoy / They
Exercise 2. Make up the passage using the words and phrases given.
Stamp collection/ be/ interesting hobby. You/ can learn many things, such/ the geography/ a country/
stamps. Postal stamps/ be a source/ interesting facts/ important dates/ every country/ the world. It/ make stamp
collecting/ become very popular.
As you look at the pages/ a stamp album, you/ can learn interesting details/ foreign customs/ arts/
literature/ history/ culture. Their colors/ can make/ you feel relaxed/ happy.
Collecting stamps/ can become/ a business. If you are lucky/ finding/ special stamp, it/ will bring/ you some
money besides knowledge/ pleasure.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
UNIT 2. HEALTHY LIVING
A. VOCABULARY
Part of
speech
1 Allergy n /ˈælədʒi/ Bệnh dị ứng
2 Advise (to V] v /ədˈvaɪz/ Khuyên bảo
3 Affect v /əˈfekt/ Ảnh hưởng
4 Amount (of) n /əˈmaʊnt/ Lượng (danh từ không đếm được)
5 Avoid v /əˈvɔɪd/ Tránh
6 Adult n /ˈædʌlt/ Người lớn
7 Backache n /ˈbækeɪk/ Bệnh đau lưng
8 Balance n, v /ˈbæləns/ Sự cân bằng; Cân bằng
9 Cure (for) n, v /kjʊə(r)/ Phương pháp cứu chữa; chữa bệnh
10 Command n, v /kəˈmɑːnd/ Mệnh lệnh; yêu cầu
11 Cough v, n /kɔːf/ Ho; bệnh ho
12 Count v /kaʊnt/ Đếm
13 Calorie n /ˈkæləri/ Calo
14 Cold n /kəʊld/ Bệnh cảm lạnh
15 Depressed adj /dɪˈprest/ Căng thẳng
16 Disease n /dɪˈziːz/ Bệnh tật
17 Die of v /daɪ əv/ Chết vì (bệnh gì)
18 Diet n /ˈdaɪət/ Chế độ ăn
19 Extend v /ɪkˈstend/ Mở rộng
20 Expert (in) n /ˈekspɜːt/ Chuyên gia (về)
21 Epidemic n, adj /ˌepɪˈdemɪk/ Dịch bệnh; lan truyền như dịch bệnh
22 Energy n /ˈenədʒi/ Năng lượng
23 Earache n /ˈɪəreɪk/ Bệnh đau tai
24 Flu n /fluː/ Bệnh cúm
25 Fever n /ˈfiːvə(r)/ Sốt
26 Fresh adj /freʃ/ Tươi tỉnh (tâm trạng), tươi sống (đồ ăn)
27 Health n /helθ/ Sức khỏe
28 Itchy adj /ˈɪtʃi/ Ngứa
29 Ignore v /ɪɡˈnɔː(r)/ Lờ đi, không quan tâm
30 Inject v /ɪnˈdʒekt/ Tiêm
31 Junk food n /dʒʌŋkfuːd/ Đồ ăn vặt
32 Lifestyle n /ˈlaɪfstaɪl/ Lối sống
33 Limit v /ˈlɪmɪt/ Hạn chế, giới hạn
34 Mental adj /ˈmentl/ Về tinh thần
35 Physical adj /ˈfɪzɪkl/ Về thể chất
36 Maintain v /meɪnˈteɪn/ Duy trì
37 Medicine n /ˈmedɪsn/ Thuốc
38 Pill n /pɪl/ Thuốc dạng viên
39 Order v /ˈɔːdə(r)/ Ra lệnh
40 Obese adj /əʊˈbiːs/ Béo phì
B. PRONUNCIATION
Phụ âm f (find), ph (phone), gh (rough)
/f/
Phụ âm v (voice)
/v/
C. GRAMMAR
❄ Câu đơn là câu chỉ chứa một mệnh đề, hay cụ thể hơn là một mệnh đề độc lập, có chủ ngữ (subject) và vị
ngữ (predicate).
❄ Chúng ta có thể gặp các kiểu câu đơn sau:

- Câu đơn gồm một chủ ngữ và một động từ (S + V).
Ex.
🗶 The price rises.
S V
🗶 Jessie is crying.
S V
- Một số câu đơn có thêm tân ngữ (S + V + O).
Ex.
🗶 Jessie ate dinner.
S V O
🗶 She buys some books.
S V O
- Một số câu đơn có thêm trạng ngữ (S + V + O + A hoặc S + V + A).
Ex.
🗶 Jessie ate a very large dinner at Sushi restaurant.
S V O A
🗶 She lives in a house on the top of the mountain.
S V A
❄ Câu đơn có thể có chủ ngữ là 2 danh từ hoặc có 2 động từ nối với nhau bằng “and” nhưng vẫn là 1 câu đơn.
Ex.
Linda and Jenny are playing tennis.
D. PRACTICE
PART 1. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Put the word into the correct column according to the underlined part.
save level rough live life
laugh fault conversation feel lovingly
cough enough surfing knives vast
give Stephen leaf fast paragraph
/f/ /V/
1. A. advise B. affect C. disease D. fever
2. A. obese B. order C. limit D. lifestyle
3. A. maintain B. ignore C. itchy D. extend
4. A. allergy B. calorie C. energy D. opponent
5. A. avoid B. model C. command D. dise
I. VOCABULARY
obese cough medicine earache itchy
inject junk food cold fever backache
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. A. tired B. weak C. sick D. temperature
2. A. so B. sick C. and D. but
3. A. allergy B. happy C. flu D. stomachache
4. A. well B. sick C. healthy D. fit
5. A. live B. smile C. sleep D. happy
6. A. sunshine B. sunburn C. cough D. flu
7. A. headache B. sore throat C. cough D. weak
8. A. sore B. fit C. sick D. tired
9. A. earache B. unhealthy C. sunburn D. toothache
10. A. relax B. work C. sleep D. rest
A B
1. S-D-A-V-I-E a. to force out air suddenly and noisily through your throat, for
🡪 example when you have a cold
2. D-A-U-T-L b. very fat, in a way that is not healthy
🡪
3. O-U-H-C-G c. the condition of a person’s body or mind
🡪
4. E-B-E-O-S d. to say numbers one after the other in order, or to calculate the number
🡪 of people or things in a group
5. E-T-C-I-J-N e. the food and drink that you eat and drink regularly to eat a healthy,
🡪 balanced diet
6. T-Y-I-H-C f. to tell somebody what you think they should do in a particular situation
🡪
7. E-H-A-H-T-L g. having or producing an itch on the skin
🡪
8. T-E-X-N-D-E h. to put a drug or other substance into a person’s or an animal’s body
🡪 using a syringe
9. U-C-N-T-O i. to add to something in order to make it bigger or longer
🡪
10. T-E-I-D k. a fully grown person who is legally responsible for their actions
🡪
II. GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Tick ✔ the simple sentences.
____ 1. The dog barks.
____ 2. You may watch TV, or you can go out to play.
____ 3. The kettle boils.
____ 4. The little girl was carrying a basket on her head.
____ 5. He took the test several times, but he couldn’t pass.
____ 6. Scott plays tennis in the morning.
____ 7. The girl dances on the floor.
____ 8. Mary went to work, but John went to the party, and I went home.
____ 9. Our car broke down; we came last.
____ 10. Sitting on a branch, the monkey gibbered.
Exercise 2. Match the first part in column A with the second part in column B.
A B
1. Eating A. very good for your heart.
2. Regular exercise is B. the summer.
3. I often get ear infections in C. cough medicine?
4. I will go D. from toothaches.
5. I had a sore E. healthier food.
6. You should eat F. seems to catch the flu every year.
7. She's afraid G. to the doctor to get some medicine.
8. Tom H. of getting sick again.
9. Do you have any I. carrots regularly helps you see better.
10. He often suffered J. throat and a headache.
Exercise 3. Read and underline the Subject (S), Verb (V), Object (O), and Adverb (A) in each sentence.
1. The woman built a strong stone wall.
____________________________________________________________
2. He reads many books.
____________________________________________________________
3. The boy slept.
____________________________________________________________
4. She completed her literature review.
____________________________________________________________
5. The girl is making a cake in the kitchen.
____________________________________________________________
6. She finished her results section.
____________________________________________________________
7. The boy is running quickly.
____________________________________________________________
8. The children eat buns, cakes, and biscuits.
____________________________________________________________
9. The girl is swimming.
____________________________________________________________
10. Jack ate an apple in the kitchen.
____________________________________________________________
1. You are catching the flu, but you (not, wash) _________ your hands very often.
2. Tommy has a temperature, and he (have) _________ a sore throat.
3. Mark feels tired, but he (not, go) _________ to bed early.
4. They (have) _________ an allergy, so they choose food and drink very carefully.
5. Anna doesn't feel well. She often (feel) _________ sick and weak.
6. Eat less high-fat food to keep you from (get) _________ fat.
7. To prevent the flu, you should (eat) _________ a lot of garlic and keep your body warm.
8. My younger brother (do) _________ morning exercise every day.
9. Eating too much (be) _________ bad for your health.
10. Health (mean) _________ everything.
Exercise 5. Circle the sentences that have the same meaning.
A. Getting up, he walked away.
1. He got up and walked away.
B. Got up, he walked away.
A. On a house, she gave them some land also.
2. She gave them not only a house but some land
B. Besides a house, she gave them some land
also.
also.
A. You must take your medicine in order to get
3. You must take your medicine; otherwise, you well.
cannot get well. B. You don’t have to take your medicine in order
to get well.
A. In spite of being rich, he is not happy.
4. He is rich, yet he is not happy.
B. Because being rich, he is not happy.
A. He is too weak not to carry the box.
5. He is so weak that he cannot carry the box. B. He is too weak to carry the box.
A. We eat to live.
6. We eat so that we can live.
B. We eat to can live.
A. In spite of is rich, she is hard working.
7. Though she is rich, she is hard working. B. In spite of being rich, she is hard working.
A. I saw a bird flying.
8. I saw a bird which was flying.
B. I saw a bird was flying.
A. It was a blue shirt.
9. It was a shirt which was blue.
B. It was a shirt blue.
10. You must take a rich diet, or you will not A. You must take a rich diet not to gain weight.
gain weight. B. You must take a rich diet to gain weight.
1. Is she good/ well enough to run one kilometer?
2. “Ow! Be careful with that coffee.” - “Look, now I have a burning/ burn on my arm.”
3. Rob has a temperate/ temperature of 39.5°C.
4. Don’t eat so quickly. You’ll get a stomachache/ stomach.
5. I have a pain/ painful in my back. I’m going to lie down.
6. That’s a bad cough/ coughing. Why don’t you have a glass of water?
7. “I have a tooth/ toothache.” - “Why don’t you telephone the dentist?”
8. “I feel sick/ sickness.” - “Quick, I must get to the bathroom!”
9. My arm hurts/ hurt after that game of table tennis.
10. “I have a head/ headache.” - “That’s because you watch too much TV.”
Exercise 7. Fill in the blanks with suitable words in the box.
allergy toothache suffer worse vegetables
tired bad flu sick and
1. Some people have a very _________ habit in littering in public.
2. People who live in dusty areas often _________ from diseases.
3. Julia has a headache, and she feels _________.
4. I have an _________, so I choose food and drink very carefully.
5. You should spend less time playing computer games, or your eyes will be _________.
6. Tom feels _________, but he doesn’t go to bed early.
7. Trung eats too many sweets so he has a terrible _________.
8. To prevent the _________, we should keep our hands clean and our feet warm.
9. Fresh _________ promote health.
10. Tom is fat because he eats too much _________ doesn’t get enough exercise.
Exercise 8. Fill in each blank with the correct conjunction.
if and when so but or
1. Do more exercise _________ you want to lose weight.
2. I have a lot of homework to do this evening, _________ I don’t have time to watch the football match.
3. Eat more vegetables, _________ you will feel healthier.
4. Take up a new hobby _________ you’ll have some new friends.
5. Eat more fish, _________ you will be smarter.
6. He has toothache _________ he still eats a lot of sweets and cakes.
7. Try to talk less _________ you have a sore throat.
8. Smoke less _________ give it up.
9. Sunbathe less, _________ you’ll get sunburnt.
10. If you spend less time on computer games _________ television programmes, you will have more time for
outdoor activities.
1. You should eat a lot of fruits and vegetables because they _________ vitamin A, which is good for the eyes.
A. run B. take C. provide D. get
2. The health _________ from the diet expert is that you should eat less junk food and count your calories if
you are becoming fat.
A. advices B. ideas C. tip D. tips
3. The seafood I ate this morning makes me feel _________ all over.
A. itchy B. weak C. running D. well
4. If you want to be fit, stay outdoors more and do more _________ activities.
A. physics B. physic C. physical D. physically
5. Do more exercise _________ eat more fruit and vegetables.
A. and B. so C. but D. or
6. After working on computers for long hours, you should _________ your eyes and relax.
A. wake B. rest C. sleep D. sleep in
7. Eat less high-fat food to keep you from _________ fat.
A. gaining B. reducing C. getting D. rising
8. We should follow the advice from doctors and health _________ in order to keep fit.
A. managers B. experts C. people D. workers
9. Have a healthy _________ and you can enjoy your life.
A. lifeline B. lively C. lives D. lifestyle
10. They go _________ outside even when it’s cold.
A. swims B. swimming C. swimming D. swam
11. Rob eats a lot of fast food, and he _________ on a lot of weight.
A. spends B. brings C. takes D. puts
12. We need to spend less time _________ computer games.
A. playing B. to playing C. play D. to play
13. To prevent the _________, you should eat a lot of garlic and keep your body warm.
A. cold B. mumps C. flu D. headache
14. Be careful with _________ you eat and drink.
A. who B. this C. what D. that
15. Eating a lot of junk food may lead to your _________.
A. pain B. stomachache C. obesity D. fitness
16. My father does morning _________ every day.
A. running B. well C. exercise D. weak
17. Don’t eat that type of fish: you may have a/an _________.
A. energy B. allergy C. sick D. sore
18. Do you want to know how you can _________ healthy?
A. make B. have C. stay D. create
19. When you have a temperature, you should drink more water and rest _________.
A. most B. less C. few D. more
20. I forgot to wear a sun hat today, and I got a _________.
A. backache B. headache C. stomachache D. earache
1. Swim is good exercise. ____________
2. I has a slight headache now. ____________
3. Lack of exercise may harms your health. ____________
4. She exercises everyday at a fitness club. ____________
5. He can’t chews well, because he has a toothache now. ____________
6. There is no harm in your sleeping late in Sunday. ____________
7. Person are living longer and living healthier lives. ____________
8. My father has never been sick in his lifes. ____________
9. Even when you have old, you should be able to enjoy life. ____________
10. Many people worldwide eat plain, boiled rice twice or three time a ____________
day.
III. READING
Exercise 1. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C, or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
It's important to (1) _________ well, especially when you are studying. If you are at primary (2)
_________, you may not go home for lunch and have a cooked meal of meat or (3) _________ and vegetables.
A chicken and lettuce sandwich, with some (4) _________ fruit would be a light but (5) _________ lunch.
Many people around the world eat plain, boiled (6) _________ twice or three times a day.
Pupils and students often don’t eat (7) _________ when they’re revising for an exam - they eat chocolate
and (8) _________ lots of black coffee! And by the way, doctors say everybody should start the day with a
healthy (9) _________. It’s also good for you to drink a lot of (10) _________ through the day.
1. A. launching B. emitting C. eat D. peaking
2. A. school B. weapons C. spaceships D. rockets
3. A. to B. towards C. with D. fish
4. A. as good as B. fresh C. as well as D. such as
5. A. burnt B. explored C. went off D. healthy
6. A. rice B. audience C. observatories D. watcher
7. A. sent back B. returned to C. well D. except for
8. A. weightlessness B. drink C. wavelengths D. length
9. A. space B. atmosphere C. vacant D. Breakfast
10. A. scientists B. drivers C. water D. astronauts
Exercise 2. Fill in the blank with a suitable word in the box.
spend from exercise fit ride
for tired energy in calories
We need calories or (1) _________ to do things every day. For example, when we walk to school or (2)
_________ a bike to school, we spend a certain amount of (3) _________ and even when we sleep, we also use
them. But how many calories should we (4) _________ a day to stay in shape? It’s difficult (5) _________ us
to calculate. If people want to keep (6) _________, they should remember that everyone should have between
1600 and 2500 calories a day.
We get calories (7) _________ the food we eat. If we eat too much food and don't take part (8)
_________ any activities, we can get fat quickly. So besides studying, we should do some (9) _________, play
sports or do the housework, such as cleaning the floor, cooking etc., if we don't eat enough, we feel (10)
_________ and weak.
Exercise 3. Read the following passage and write T (true) or F (false) for each statement.
How many calories can you bum in one hour? Well, it all depends on the activity. You use calories all
the time, even when you are resting. Reading, sleeping, sitting, and sunbathing all use about 60 calories an
hour. Very light activities use 75 calories. Examples are eating, writing, knitting, shaving, driving, and washing
up. Light activities which use between 100 and 200 calories an hour are walking, doing homework, shopping
and skating. Energetic activities use 200-400 calories. Those activities include horse riding, cycling,
swimming, skipping, and dancing. Finally, there are strenuous activities that use up to 600 calories an hour.
These activities include climbing stairs, jogging, digging the garden, and playing football.
1. Horse riding uses the most amount of calories.
2. Reading uses as many calories as writing.
3. The calories we bum for eating and washing up are the same.
4. Walking is a very light activity.
5. Sunbathing uses more calories than driving.
6. When we are resting, we don’t bum calories.
7. Having a shower uses only 100 calories an hour.
8. Cycling and dancing use the same amount of calories
9. Playing football uses fewer calories than swimming.
10. The amount of calories we use an hour depends on the activity we do.
IV. WRITING
Exercise 1. Write a simple sentence from the two given sentences.
1. I have to support my family. I want to find a job.
_______________________________________________________________________.
2. This is my sister. Her name is Diana.
_______________________________________________________________________.
3. Many students are singing. Many students are dancing.
_______________________________________________________________________.
4. She works hard. She wants to pass the test.
_______________________________________________________________________.
5. My brother loves outdoor activities. My sister loves outdoor activities.
_______________________________________________________________________.
6. I want to be fitter. I want to be healthier.
_______________________________________________________________________.
7. I put on my best clothes. I wanted to impress her.
_______________________________________________________________________.
8. I eat more fruit. I eat more vegetables.
_______________________________________________________________________.
9. You should wear warm clothes. You should drink hot milk.
_______________________________________________________________________.
10. Be careful with what you eat. Be careful with what you drink.
_______________________________________________________________________.
Exercise 2. Make up the sentences using the words and phrases given.
1. Nick/ wash/ hands a lot/ he/ not/ have the flu.
_______________________________________________________________________.
2. David/ eat/ lots of junk food/ he/ not do exercise.
_______________________________________________________________________.
3. Elena/ should/ sleep more/ she/ try to relax more.
_______________________________________________________________________.
4. My sister/ play/ computer games/ she does exercise too.
_______________________________________________________________________.
5. Eating/ carrots help/ you see better at night.
_______________________________________________________________________.
6. Going outside/ wet hair /give/ you a cold or flu.
_______________________________________________________________________.
7. Eating/ fresh fish/ make/ you smarter.
_______________________________________________________________________.
8. When you go outside/ wet hair, it/ make you get/ cold/ flu.
_______________________________________________________________________.
9. You/ eat/ fresh fish, it/ make you smarter.
_______________________________________________________________________.
10. You/ eat/ carrots, it/ help you see at night/ clearly.
_______________________________________________________________________.
UNIT 3. COMMUNITY SERVICE
A. VOCABULARY
Part of
speech
1 Benefit n, v /ˈbenɪfɪt/ Lợi ích; Mang lại lợi ích cho...
2 Blood n /blʌd/ Máu
3 Charity n /ˈtʃærəti/ Việc từ thiện
4 Coupon n /ˈkuːpɒn/ Phiếu giảm giá
5 Care (for) n /keə(r)/ Sự quan tâm, chăm sóc
6 Culture n /ˈkʌltʃə(r)/ Nền văn hóa
7 Donate V /dəʊˈneɪt/ Quyên góp, ủng hộ
8 Difference n /ˈdɪfrəns/ Sự khác nhau
9 Dirt n /dɜːt/ Bụi bẩn
10 Effect (on) n /ɪˈfekt/ Tác dụng (đối với)
11 Elderly adj /ˈeldəli/ Cao tuổi
12 Exact adj /ɪɡˈzækt/ Chính xác
13 Establish v /ɪˈstæblɪʃ/ Thành lập
14 Flood n /flʌd/ Lũ lụt
15 Force v /fɔːs/ Bắt buộc, bắt ép
16 Fund n /fʌnd/ Quỹ
17 Graffiti n /ɡrəˈfiːti/ Tranh vẽ trên tường
18 Globe = world n /ˈɡləʊbl/ = /wɜːld/ Địa cầu, trái đất; thế giới
19 Government n /ˈɡʌvənmənt/ Chính phủ
20 Homeless adj /ˈhəʊmləs/ Vô gia cư
21 Individual n, adj /ˌɪndɪˈvɪdʒuəl/ Cá nhân; về cá nhân
22 Mural n /ˈmjʊərəl/ Tranh vẽ trên tường khổ lớn
23 Mentor n /ˈmentɔː(r)/ Người hướng dẫn, cố vấn
24 Organize v /ˈɔːɡənaɪz/ Tổ chức
25 Provide v /prəˈvaɪd/ Cung cấp
26 Profit n /ˈprɒfɪt/ Lợi ích, lợi nhuận
27 Non-profit adj /ˌnɒn ˈprɒfɪt/ Phi lợi nhuận
28 Pay (for) v /peɪ/ Chi trả (cho)
29 Public adj /ˈpʌblɪk/ Công cộng
30 Private adj /ˈpraɪvət/ Cá nhân, tư nhân
31 Population n /ˌpɒpjuˈleɪʃn/ Dân số
32 Relate (to) v /rɪˈleɪt/ Liên quan đến
33 Raise v /reɪz/ Quyên góp, gây (quỹ)
34 Statistics n /stəˈtɪstɪks/ Môn thống kê học
35 Shelter n /ˈʃeltə(r)/ Chỗ trú ẩn, chỗ ờ tạm thời
36 Serve v /sɜːv/ Phục vụ
37 Sort v /sɔːt/ Phân loại
38 Sponsor v, n /ˈspɒnsə(r)/ Tài trợ/Nhà tài trợ
39 Tutor n /ˈtjuːtə(r)/ Gia sư
B. PRONUNCIATION
Đuôi -ed được phát âm là - Khi động từ kết thúc bằng âm /ʧ/, /s/, /k/, /f/, /p/, /θ/, /∫/ (kissed,
/t/ coughed, watched, …)
Đuôi -ed được phát âm là - Khi động từ kết thúc bằng âm /t/, /d/ (decided, wanted, …)
/id/ - Khi một động từ được sử dụng như tính từ, bất kể phụ âm kết
thúc được phát âm như thế nào (naked, aged, beloved, …
Đuôi -ed được phát âm là Với những trường hợp còn lại. (used, played, listened)
/d/
C. GRAMMAR
THE PAST SIMPLE (THÌ QUÁ KHỨ ĐƠN)
Động từ thường Động từ to be
Câu khẳng định ❄ S + Ved/PI
❄ S + was/were + danh từ/ tính từ/
E.g: giới từ
E.g:
She went shopping yesterday. You were honest with me.
Câu phủ định ❄ S + didn't + V ❄ S + was/were + not + danh từ/ tính
E.g: từ/ giới từ.
I didn't come to school last E.g:
week. She wasn 't at home yesterday.
Câu hỏi nghi vấn ❄ Did + S+ V? ❄ Was/ Were+ A + danh từ/ tính từ/
(+) Yes, S + did. giới từ?
(-) No, S + didn’t. (+) Yes, s + was/were.
E.g: (-) No, s + was/were + not.
- Did you do the housework? E.g:
- Yes, I did. - Was she in Tom's house yesterday?
- No, she wasn’t.
❄ Diễn tả hành động xảy ra và chấm dứt ở một thời E.g:
điểm xác định trong quá khứ. I went to the zoo yesterday.
E.g:
❄ Diễn tả một chuỗi hành động xảy ra liên tục trong She went home, took a shower and cooked
quá khứ. for dinner.
❄ Diễn tả một thói quen trong quá khứ (đã từng làm, E.g:
bây giờ không làm nữa). I used to play guitar.
3. Add "ed" to the verbs (Quy tắc thêm đuôi ed vào sau động từ')
E.g:
❄ Từ kết thúc bằng đuôi e/ee 🡪 thêm d smile -> smiled
❄ Động từ tận cùng là nguyên âm (u, e, o, a, i) + E.g:
y 🡪 thêm ed stay -> stayed
E.g:
❄ Động từ kết thúc bằng phụ âm + y 🡪 đổi y thành ied try tried
❄ Động từ 1 âm tiết kết thúc bằng phụ âm + nguyên âm + E.g:
phụ âm (trừ h, w, x, y, z) 🡪 gấp đôi phụ âm cuối + ed travel -> travelled
❄ Động từ có nhiều hơn 1 âm tiết, âm tiết cuối cùng kết thúc E.g:
bằng phụ âm + nguyên âm + phụ âm và là âm tiết nhận prefer preferred
trọng âm 🡪 gấp đôi phụ âm cuối + ed
E.g:
❄ Các trường hợp còn lại + ed listen -> listened
4. Spelling rules (Quy tắc phát âm đuôi ed)
Phát âm là ❄ động từ có tận cùng là các âm E.g: kissed /kɪst/, fixed /fɪkst/,
/t/ /ʧ/, /s/, /k/, /f/, /p/, /θ/, /∫/ coughed /kɒft/, watched /wɒtʃt, ...
Phát âm là ❄ Từ có tận cùng là các âm /t/ E.g: decided /dɪˈsaɪdid/, wanted /wɒntid/,
/id/ hay /d/ added /ædid, ...
❄ động từ được sử dụng như tính E.g. naked /ˈneɪkɪd/, aged /ˈeɪdʒɪd/,
từ, bất kể phụ âm kết thúc được beloved /bɪˈlʌvɪd/, …
phát âm như thế nào
Phát âm là ❄ Các trường hợp còn lại E.g: used /juːzx/, played /pleid/,
/d/ listened /ˈlɪsnd/, ...
- Yesterday: hôm qua
- Last + thời gian (last week, last month, last Monday)
- Thời gian + ago (two days ago)
- In + năm quá khứ (in 1999)
- In the past (trong quá khứ)
- When + S + Ved/PI
D. PRACTICE
PART I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Choose the verb in the Past Simple to fill in the table according to the pronunciation of -ed.
Prepared Stayed Arrived Booked Loved
Cooked Rained Wanted Ended Tinned
Looked Visited Rolled Opened Closed
Practiced Hooked Increased Washed Tipped
Snowed Snapped Watered Needed Fitted
/id/ /t/ /d/
Exercise 2. Find the word which has a different stress from the others.
1. A. benefit B. charity C. establish D. government
2. A. tutor B. sponsor C. shelter D. maintain
3. A. ignore B. coupon C. mural D. public
4. A. effect B. culture C. exact D. relate
5. A. statistics B. government C. charity D. decorate
i. VOCABULARY
blood elderly dirt graffiti mentor
tutor homeless flood care globe
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. A. environment B. bank C. community D. neighbourhood
2. A. students B. homework C. blood D. tutors
3. A. orphan B. grandparents C. nursing home D. elderly
4. A. rubbish B. donate C. collect D. money
5. A. green B. trees C. plant D. collect
6. A. donate B. provide C. encourage D. environment
7. A. sing B. street C. house D. building
8. A. individual B. industrial C. essential D. environmental
9. A. graffiti B. sing C. painting D. collage
10. A. homeless B. elderly C. donation D. disabled
Exercise 3. Reorder the letters to make correct words, then match them with their
meaning.
A B
1. L-B-O-D-O
a. any substance that makes something dirty, for example dust, soil or mud
🡪
2. A-H-C-T-R-I-Y
🡪 b. a large picture that has been painted on the wall of a room or building
3. O-P-O-U-C-N c. a private teacher, especially one who teaches an individual student or a
🡪 very small group
4. I-T-D-R d. to give somebody food or drink, for example at a restaurant or during a
🡪 meal
5. O-L-O-D-F
e. a large amount of water covering an area that is usually dry
🡪
6. D-U-N-F f. an experienced person who advises and helps somebody with less
🡪 experience over a period of time
7. R-M-U-A-L
g. the red liquid that flows through the bodies of humans and animals
🡪
8. R-M-E-T-O-N h. an amount of money that has been saved or has been made available for a
🡪 particular purpose
9. E-R-S-E-V i. a small piece of printed paper that you can exchange for something or that
🡪 gives you the right to buy something at a cheaper price than normal
10. O-R-T-T-U
j. an organization for helping people in need
🡪
II. GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Complete the table below.
NO INFINITIVE PAST SIMPLE
1 ate
2 draw
3 saw
4 come
5 began
6 be
7 study
8 wrote
9 bring
10 lived
11 flew
12 ride
13 could
14 sell
15 get
16 speak
17 kept
18 gave
19 swim
20 thought
1. Last Monday, John (go) _________ to school late because there was a traffic jam near his house.
2. My family (clean) _________ the beach last Sunday.
3. Jack (collect) _________ coins when he was a little boy.
4. _________ you (provide) _________ evening classes for twenty children last summer?
5. Last year, Mark’s school (donate) _________ hundreds of books to children in a rural village.
6. Tom (not have) _________ time to finish his report yesterday.
7. I (see) _________ a real elephant when I went to the zoo last month.
8. We (clean) _________ up the dirty streets in our area last Saturday.
9. They (not start) _________ the community garden project in 2010.
10. My best friend and I talked to and (sing)for the elderly people at a nursing home.
1. Jack didn’t see / didn’t watch Paula at school.
2. Did you be / Were you at the cinema last night?
3. Mimi brought / bought her new laptop to school.
4. The baby cried / cryed all night long.
5. My brother could swim / could swam when he was three.
6. Daisy repaired / prepared a nice dinner.
7. The children ate / eatted cheese sandwiches.
8. Did you sit / Did you sat next to Daniel?
9. There was / were a lot of people at the football match.
10. Some of my friends missed / mised the party.
Exercise 4. Fill in the blanks with “was/wasn’t /were/weren’t/did/didn’t”.
1. _________ you start a community garden project last month?
2. Last week, we (not) _________ visit sick children in Viet Due Hospital.
3. _________ there anything that made you happy with your work last month?
4. It _________ Tom's fault. It’s mine.
5. What _________ you do in the summer?
6. _________ she visit Hue when she was a child?
7. Mimi and Lucy _________ at home in Florida last week. We were at Ben’s house in Miami.
8. He (not) _________ come to the party last Sunday.
9. Julia (not) _________ wear uniform to school yesterday.
10. “_________ John at work today?” - “No, he _________ in the office. I think he’s sick.”
Exercise 5. Write the following sentences in negative and interrogative form.
1. (+) Children planted more trees.
(-)
(?)
2. (+) Tom was a member of the Youth Club.
(-)
(?)
3. (+) The school was closed due to the snow.
(-)
(?)
4. (+) The organisation provided shelter for the children.
(-)
(?)
5. (+) They were at school this morning.
(-)
(?)
6. (+) Tom went to the hospital to provide food two weeks ago.
(-)
(?)
7. (+) The sidewalks were wet after the rain.
(-)
(?)
8. (+) I started to work as a volunteer three years ago.
(-)
(?)
9. (+) They were in the library an hour ago.
(-)
(?)
10. (+) Tom and his friends went to orphanages to learn English yesterday.
(-)
(?)
My name (1. be) _________ John. After (2. see) _________ a news special, I became involved in
(3. collect) _________ toiletries for the homeless, which (4. make) _________ me realize how even the
smallest items that we take for granted can really help homeless families. I (5. learn) _________ from
organizing a Key Club car wash to raise money for hurricane victims how important it is to ( 6. communicate)
_________ effectively to help raise awareness and get the community involved. Volunteering as a Little
League assistant coach has taught me a lot about (7. train) _________ boys to work as a team. This experience
has also made me decide to (8. pursue) _________ a career in youth sports.
Exercise 7. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in Present simple or Past Simple
Tense.
1. I (join) _________ my school volunteer team last summer.
2. Some of my friends often (spend) _________ their summer vacations to help the people in need.
3. My sister often (donate) _________ money to charitable organizations.
4. On January 17th, 1995, a powerful earthquake (hit) _________ the city of Kobe, Japan.
5. Every Sunday, she (go) _________ to the center and (teach) _________ the children how to draw.
6. (Not, bother) _________ waking me up at 4:00 a.m.
7. (Be) _________ there moonlight yesterday evening?
8. Do you remember the time we (go) _________ to the zoo together when we were kids?
9. There (be) _________ a big earthquake last night.
10. How (know) _________ you that Tom was planning to eat at that restaurant last night?
always yesterday ago last night does
were did do is was
1. Did you really think I wouldn’t find out that you went there _________?
2. How much time _________ it usually take you to eat breakfast?
3. I wouldn't bet on that horse if I _________ you.
4. My most interesting Canadian friend _________ Tom.
5. There was a traffic accident _________ morning in front of the house.
6. It _________ Tom that broke the window yesterday.
7. _________ you think it’ll be possible for you to come over and help US this weekend?
8. Mary is _________ acting foolishly.
9. The train left the station a few minutes _________.
10. “Where _________ you go?” - “I went to the train station to see a friend off.”
1. Don’t put the computer away! I _________ it.
A. used B. am using C. was used D. was use
2. I will _________ vegetables in our garden.
A. grow B. grew C. grows D. grown
3. My parents _________ in Florida and never moved anywhere else.
A. was born B. are born C. were born D. is born
4. During her trip last summer, she_________ a car to go around the city.
A. hires B. was hired C. hired D. hiring
5. Peter _________ a mistake in the exam so he didn’t get an A.
A. made B. makes C. is making D. to make
6. She _________ to go for a run at the moment.
A. is wanting B. wants C. wanted D. wants
7. The water _________. Can you turn it off for me, please?
A. is boiling B. boils C. boiled D. to boil
8. I was very tired so I _________ the party early.
A. left B. leaved C. leave D. leaving
9. We _________ afford to keep our motorcycle so we sold it.
A. can’t B. can C. couldn’t D. Coulds
10. The bed _________ very uncomfortable. I could not sleep well in it.
A. is B. was C. wasn’t D. are
11. _________ the weather nice when you on holiday last summer?
A. Was/was B. Is/were C. Was/were D. Is/was
12. I always _________ to work by car but now I go on foot.
A. go B. went C. goes D. going
13. I _________ to work as a volunteer three years ago.
A. started B. was started C. starting D. starts
14. She became a member of the Peace Corps _________.
A. for two years B. since two years
C. two years now D. two years ago
15. The last time he donated blood _________ ten years ago.
A. am B. is C. were D. was
16. He started _________ for this non-profit organization five years ago.
A. to work B. to working C. work D. working
17. Last year, I _________ to visit a children’s village in Yen Bai with my teachers and friends.
A. go B. to go C. goes D. went
18. Last year, our school _________ hundreds of books to children in a rural village.
A. has donated B. donated C. donates D. to donate
19. My friends and I _________ the streets in our neighbourhood every summer when we were small.
A. cleaned B. has cleaned C. were cleaning D. cleans
20. A group of volunteers _________ food to patients in our hospital for three weeks last month.
A. offered B. offer C. has offered D. offering
1. Did Lucy went to a pharmacy three days ago? ___________
2. It start raining after I went swimming last weekend. ___________
3. Frank has done his homework and then listened to musiC. ___________
4. We clean the beach last Sunday. ___________
5. I have collected coins when I was a little boy. ___________
6. I see a real elephant when I went to Ban Don last year. ___________
7. People here is generous and they offer time and effort. ___________
8. Yesterday, I go to school late because I missed the bus. ___________
9. We can ask people to donate warm clothes and helping them to rebuild their ___________
houses
10. The lakes are full of rubbish. We shouldn’t ask our friends to clean them ___________
this Sunday.
III. READING
Exercise 1. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with suitable words in the box.
and organization teachers most volunteers
The Peace Corps is one of the (1) _________ famous organizations in the world that help people.
This organization was founded in 1961 by the former US President John Kennedy.
People working in this (2) _________ are called volunteers. They are both men and women. They live
and work in other countries for two years at a time. They share skills with people to help solve challenging
problems in developing countries.
Peace Corps volunteers work as (3) _________ at schools. They also help communities to protect their
environment and prevent the spread of diseases. They also help farmers grow more food efficiently.
Peace Corps (4) _________ build bridges of cross-cultural understanding with people of other
countries. They help people from other countries learn more about who they are. Peace Corps volunteers also
bring home with them better understanding of other people (5) _________ cultures.
Exercise 2. Read the passage and circle the correct answers.
(1) _________ January 17th, 1995, a powerful earthquake hit the city of Kobe, Japan. Many buildings
(2) _________ or collapsed.
Soon after the earthquake, people in Kobe (3) _________ working together to save their city.
Neighbours pulled each other out (4) _________ collapsed buildings. Ordinary people (5) _________ out fires
even before the fire trucks arrived. Volunteers in Kobe organized themselves into (6) _________. They worked
out a system to send (7) _________ to where it was needed. Some people (8) _________ food, water, clothes
to different parts of the city. Some volunteers took (9) _________ of children who had lost their parents.
Teams of volunteers from outside Japan helped, too.
Today, Kobe has been built. But people there still remember the outpouring of support they (10)
_________ from all over the world back in 1995.
1. A. On B. At C. On D. From
2. A. is burning B. burned C. burning D. bum
3. A. to begin B. are beginning C. begin D. began
4. A. into B. of C. on D. with
5. A. to put B. putting C. puts D. put
6. A. teams B. pair C. group D. friends
7. A. helped B. helping C. help D. to help
8. A. brought B. bringing C. brings D. brought
9. A. part B. care C. caring D. Note
10. A. received B. is receiving C. have received D. receiving
Exercise 3. Read the passage and choose the best answers.
Each country has many good people who take care of others. For example, some students in the United
States often spend many hours as volunteers in hospitals, orphanages or homes for the elderly. They read
books to the people in these places, or they just visit these people and play games with them or listen to their
problems.
Other young volunteers go and work in the homes of people who are sick or old. They paint, clean up,
or repair their houses, and do the shopping. For boys who don’t have fathers, there is an organization called
Big Brothers. College students and other men take these boys to basketball games or on fishing trips and help
them to get to know things those boys usually learn from their fathers.
Each city has a number of clubs where boys and girls can go and play games. Some of these clubs show
movies or hold short trips to the mountains, the beaches, museums, or other places of interest. Most of these
clubs use a lot of students as volunteers because they are young enough to understand the problems of younger
boys and girls.
1. What do volunteers usually do to help those who are sick or old in their homes?
A. They do shopping, and repair or clean up their house.
B. They tell them stories, sing and dance for them.
C. They cool, sew, and wash their clothes.
D. They take them to basketball games.
2. What do they help boys whose fathers do not live with them?
A. To learn things about their fathers.
B. To get to know things about their fathers.
C. To get to know things that boys want from their fathers.
D. To learn things that boys usually learn from their fathers.
3. Which activities are NOT available for the students at the clubs?
A. playing games
B. learning photography
C. going to interest places
D. watching films
4. Why do they use many students as volunteers? - Because.
A. they can understand the problems of younger boys and girls.
B. they have a lot of free time.
C. they know how to do the work.
D. they are good at playing games and learning new things.
5. Where don’t students often do volunteer work?
A. hospitals B. orphanages
C. clubs D. homes for the elderly
VI. WRITING
1. some / She / bought / last weekend / interesting / books.
_________________________________________________________________.
2. I/ love / basketball / volleyball. / watching / and
_________________________________________________________________.
3. teacher / dances / English / gracefully. / My / very
_________________________________________________________________.
4. have / to / home /I/ stay / at / because / is / raining. / it
_________________________________________________________________.
5. Viet Nam / because / beautiful. /I / it / is / love / very
_________________________________________________________________.
6. born /I / in / 1990. / was / Vinh Phuc / in
_________________________________________________________________.
7. English lessons / and /I / on / have / Monday / Tuesday.
_________________________________________________________________.
8. passion. / Swimming / favourite / my / is
_________________________________________________________________.
9. family I here / in / moved / My /2004.
_________________________________________________________________.
10. service / the / is / for / of / you / do / Community / the / benefit / work / the / community.
_________________________________________________________________.
Exercise 2. Write full sentences using the Past Simple Tense.
1. My older sister / finish / university / two years ago.
_________________________________________________________________.
2. My neighbours / buy / a new car / last week.
_________________________________________________________________.
3. We / spend / the whole evening / in the park.
_________________________________________________________________.
4. Daniel / write / an interesting report / yesterday.
_________________________________________________________________.
5. My father / buy / a nice car / last month.
_________________________________________________________________.
6. I / forget / to call my friend / yesterday.
_________________________________________________________________.
7. Bill / fight / with Sam / after the lessons.
_________________________________________________________________.
8. They / visit / Paris / three years ago.
_________________________________________________________________.
9. You / do / the laundry / yesterday?
_________________________________________________________________.
10. She / participate in / an interesting campaign / last Saturday?
_________________________________________________________________.
TEST 1. UNIT 1-3
Exercise 1. Circle the word whose underlined part differs from the others in pronunciation in each of the
following questions.
1. A. prefer B. better C. teacher D. worker
2. A. bear B. hear C. dear D. near
3. A. collect B. concern C. concert D. combine
4. A. absent B. government C. dependent D. enjoy
5. A. future B. return C. picture D. culture
6. A. put B. adult C. junk D. sun
7. A. itchy B. riding C. sick D. swimming
8. A. parked B. waited C. posted D. decided
9. A. advanced B. jumped C. appointed D. developed
10. A. annoyed B. apologized C. jogged D. admitted
Exercise 2. Circle the word that differs from the others in the position of primary stress in each of the
1. A. consider B. available C. unusual D. reasonable
2. A. countryside B. detective C. character D. generous
3. A. explore B. enjoy C. crowded D. cartoon
4. A. circus B. boring C. always D. event
5. A. invite B. loudly C. city D. island
6. A. comer B. expect C. forecast D. dentist
7. A. exciting B. interesting C. karate D. pagoda
8. A. opposite B. programme C. tomorrow D. wonderful
9. A. toothache B. writer C. stupid D. inside
10. A. magazine B. gigantic C. achievement D. performance
Exercise 3. Choose the word that doesn't belong to the group in each sentence.
1. A. salmon B. oxen C. men D. zebra
2. A. happiness B. picture C. flower D. animal
3. A. lorries B. cakes C. stories D. berries
4. A. pepper B. cucumber C. sauce D. onion
5. A. roof B. leaf C. half D. calf
6. A. carve B. collage C. share D. arrange
7. A. melody B. monopoly C. calorie D. share
8. A. allergy B. concentrate C. spot D. vegetarian
9. A. benefit B. blanket C. people D. charitable
10. A. interview B. donate C. punish D. shelter
Exercise 4. Choose the correct answers.
1. He ate a lot of fried food, so he ________ fat quickly.
A. get B. got C. gets D. will get
2. The Japanese eat a lot of fish and healthy food, ________ they live for a long time.
A. so B. because C. or D. but
3. Lan ________ English for more than a year, but she can speak it very well.
A. learns B. learn C. learned D. has learned
4. You should watch less TV because looking at the screen for too long ________ your eyes.
A. hurt B. hurts C. is hurting D. to hurt
5. We usually ________ lunch at school.
A. have B. has C. haves D. are have
6. Be a Buddy has ________ education for street children.
A. given B. spent C. provided D. helped
7. He ________ books for poor children for years.
A. has collected B. collects C. is collecting D. Collected
8. Linh often uses her headphones when she listens to music ________ her parents don't like loud noise.
A. so B. but C. because D. and
9. Ngoc loves ________ outdoors with trees and flowers.
A. to being B. be C. x D. being
10. I think ten years from now more people ________ going to work by bicycle.
A. to enjoy B. will enjoy C. enjoying D. enjoy
11. Volunteers can do general ________ such as clean-up projects or home repair.
A. activities B. things C. labour D. jobs
12. My brother and I ________ a white tiger already.
A. have seen B. has seen C. see D. are seeing
13. I ________ blood twice, and ________ presents to sick children in the hospital recently.
A. donate - give B. donated - gave
C. have donated - have given D. have donated – gave
14. Volunteering is special ________ me because I can help others.
A. at B. for C. with D. to
15. How many novels ________ Charles Dickens ________?
A. did - write B. have - written C. did - written D. does – write
16. We ________ to Ha Noi several times, but last summer we ________ there by train.
A. flew - went B. has flown - went
C. have flown - have gone D. have flown – went
17. She ________ blood twenty times so far.
A. donates B. has donated C. is donating D. to donate
18. He ________ lectures to foreign tourists about traditional food and games recently.
A. gives B. gave C. have given D. has given
19. They have decided to clean up the neighbourhood ________ it is full of rubbish.
A. so B. but C. although D. because
20. “Have you ever ________ to Sa Pa?”
A. gone B. been C. seen D. visited
21. We came to the remote village and ________ meals for homeless children.
A. cook B. offered C. do D. made
22. You should think of ________ the volunteer activities in your community.
A. taking in B. taking part in C. participating D. making
23. Traditional volunteer activities include ________ money for people in need, cooking and giving food.
A. rising B. raising C. getting D. taking
24. You can help young children by ________ them to do homework before or after school.
A. doing B. offering C. teaching D. helping
25. Let’s collect and ________ warm clothes to homeless children in our city.
A. give away B. give back C. take off D. put on
26. To help people in remote areas, we can ________ transportation, such as giving rides to the elderly.
A. give B. bring C. provide D. donate
27. Let’s help the street children because they have bad ________.
A. live B. living conditions
C. ways of life D. earnings
28. They have decided to ride to work ________ it is good for their health and the environment.
29. Our school has a programme ________ to children from poor families in Ho Chi Minh City.
A. ask B. offer C. tutor D. volunteer
30. Americans ________ the tradition of volunteering and helping one another since the early days of the
country.
A. have had B. has had C. had D. to have
31. I ________ them at the airport last week.
A. meet B. met C. was meet D. was met
32. She ________ me about her trip when we at school.
A. telled / were B. told / be C. told / were D. told / are
33. ________ you get lots of presents on your birthday last year?
A. Did B. Do C. Were D. Are
34. Where ________ you yesterday afternoon?
A. do B. did C. were D. was
35. My friend ________ a lovely dress at the party last night.
A. wears B. weared C. worn D. Wore
36. I ________ dinner for my family after school.
A. cook usually B. usually cook C. usually cooks D. am usually cook
37. They ________ really friendly.
A. don’t be B. not be C. don’t are D. aren’t
38. Our father ________ us to school.
A. take B. takes C. is take D. is takes
39. She ________ hard to be an excellent student.
A. study B. studys C. studies D. is study
40. Robert ________ volleyball with his friends in the afternoon.
A. plays B. play C. playes D. plaies
Exercise 5. Look at the underlined words in the text. They all have spelling mistakes. Write them
correctly.
1. This is a photo of my freind, Stephanie.
___________________________________________________________________________
2. She’s 18 and she’s French. She lives in a village near Toulouse. She studys engineering at university.
___________________________________________________________________________
3. She has short black hair and very dark eyes. She is inteligent and funny, but sometimes she’s a bit sad too.
___________________________________________________________________________
4. She can play the guitar very well and she has a beautifull voice. We love listening to her. She’s also crazy
about computers and she likes looking for song lyrics on the Internet. She also hates one thing - doing sport.
___________________________________________________________________________
5. I like her because she’s allways there when I need her.
___________________________________________________________________________
Exercise 6. Complete the text with the correct form of the verbs in the list.
like (2) live be travel make
sing read go write
This is Michael Johnson. He (1) ________ a famous rock star. He (2) ________ in America. He (3)
________ all around the world and (4) ________ in rock concerts. He (5) ________ his songs and (6)
________ his own video clips. In his free time, he (7) ________ staying at home listening to his CDs. At
weekends, he usually (8) ________ to expensive restaurants with his friends. He also (9) ________ a lot of
books about strange things. I can’t wait to see him perform live. I(10) ________ him so much.
Exercise 7. Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D to fill each blank in the following passage.
I have a very interesting and (1) ________ hobby. I make short video clips with my digital camera. It was
my birthday present from my parents last year. Since then, I have (2) ________ three short films. It’s great fun!
I started asking my friends and relatives to take (3) ________ in the films. I have tried to write the story for my
video clips. When I have finished the script, I make copies for the “actors”. Each scene is small and they can
look at the words just (4) ________ we start filming. We film at the weekend in my neighborhood, (5)
________ no one has to travel far. When the video clip is finished, I invite all the “actors” and we watch the
film at my house.
1. A. enjoyable B. enjoyed C. enjoying D. enjoy
2. A. done B. made C. played D. watched
3. A. scene B. role C. part D. Film
4. A. until B. after C. only D. before
5. A. so B. because C. but D. although
many per people best come
Welcome to Melbourne City Mission!
Why should you come to us? In Melbourne, one in four (1) ________ do some kind of volunteer work.
People here are generous and they offer time and effort. (2) ________ and work as volunteers, you can help
people in need. You can share your time, skills, knowledge and networks, and make a positive change. We will
do our (3) ________ to match your interests with our activities. We need volunteers to visit residents in an
Aged Care Home, to provide friendship and support to disabled people, and volunteers for 3-4 hours (4)
________ week to assist those with serious illness. We also need volunteers who are mums and dads to help
parents who have learning difficulties. Anyone over 18 can volunteer with us. We have (5) ________ positions
for you to take: one-off or on-going positions. Get in touch with us on (03) 8625 4444.
PETS
Many people like to keep pets. Dogs and cats are very popular pets. Some people, however, keep birds or
goldfish. They need less space and are easier to look after.
If you want to have a pet, you can buy one from a pet shop, but you must be careful not to buy a sick
animal. It is best if you know something about the pet you want. This helps you choose a healthy pet.
However, if you do not have much money and know very little about animals, you can visit the Royal Society
for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals (RSPCA).
The first society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals was founded in England in 1821. It was set up
to make sure that all animals are treated with kindness. The RSPCA in Hong Kong carries out this aim. The
RSPCA officers collect animals which have no homes and are left in the street. They look after them until they
are healthy again. People visiting the RSPCA may choose their pets from these animals and you can be sure
that you will get a healthy pet. If later your pet becomes ill, you can take it to the doctors at the RSPCA for
treatment.
When you have a pet, it is very important that you look after it properly. You must remember to feed it at
suitable times. You should also give it a clean and comfortable place to rest. Your pet will be happy and
healthy if you love it and care for it properly.
1. According to the passage, what kind of pet needs more space?
A. A dog B. A bird C. A goldfish D. A mouse
2. What can help you choose a healthy pet?
A. Being careful with your money
B. Learning about a pet you want
C. Having a lot of money
D. Visiting many pet shops
3. The first society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals was founded _______.
A. in 1924 C. in England
B. more than 1000 years ago D. in 1842
4. What does the RSPCA do with sick and homeless animals?
A. Leave them in the streets C. Give them to people who cure sick pets
B. Make them healthy again D. Sell them to pet shops
5. You can always be sure that every pet from the RSPCA _______.
A. will never get sick C. is strong and healthy
B. is collected from a dustbin D. always needs too much care
Exercise 10. Read the text and do the task below.
a. Choose the best option.
WHAT IS COMMUNITY SERVICE?
Community service is (1) _______ to help those in your community. It might be something that is done
once or on a regular basis. Community (2) _______ is often referred to as "giving back to your (3) _______ ".
It can be done by an (4) _______ or an organisation. Community service is giving your time without being (5)
_______ whether it is to help the less fortunate or to help clean up your community.
1. A. volunteer B. volunteering C. voluntary D. to volunteering
2. A. benefit B. product C. service D. gift
3. A. community B. volunteer C. friend D. help
4. A. adult B. individual C. elderly person D. area
5. A. given B. donated C. paid D. provided
b. Choose the best answer to complete the passage.
Headache is a very common disease. The symptoms (1) _______ a headache are various. People may (2)
_______ pains only one side of the head. Sometimes when the pain goes away, the head is sore. People have a
headache (3) _______ they work too hard or they are too nervous about something. (4) _______ can help cure
the disease but people usually have to do more than taking tablets. They can prevent headaches by changing
their diets or their (5) _______ or simply by going to bed.
1. A. on B. in C. of D. at
2. A. be B. have C. happen D. take
3. A. when B. but C. so D. and
4. A. Medicine B. Doctor C. Sport D. Fruit
5. A. life B. lifestyles C. hobbies D. working
1. They /take / a / of / photos. /usually / beautiful / lot
__________________________________________________________________________
2. You / go / see / doctor, / or / you / go to / now / rest. / the / can / and / can / bed / and
__________________________________________________________________________
3. What / your / do / his / time? / does / brother /free / in
__________________________________________________________________________
4. They /the I beach / ago. /cleaned / one / week
__________________________________________________________________________
5. Do / do / morning / every / day? / you / exercise
__________________________________________________________________________
6. I / stamps /I / was / a / child. / collected / when
__________________________________________________________________________
7. a / lifestyle / important. / healthy / is / Having
__________________________________________________________________________
8. Dickens / a / lot / novels. / wrote / of
__________________________________________________________________________
9. I / to / some / food, / but /I / a / throat. / want / eat / have /sore
__________________________________________________________________________
10. Yesterday, /I / to / zoo / family. / went / the / with / my
__________________________________________________________________________
Exercise 12. Rewrite the following sentences based on the given words.
1. My school has 50 classrooms. (There)
__________________________________________________________________________
2. She loves collecting old comic books. (fond)
__________________________________________________________________________
3. Learning English is not difficult. (It’s)
__________________________________________________________________________
4. How old are you? (What)
__________________________________________________________________________
5. She likes singing more than dancing. (prefers)
__________________________________________________________________________
6. James isn’t a fast swimmer. (doesn’t)
__________________________________________________________________________
7. She usually does her homework for two hours. (spends)
__________________________________________________________________________
8. She’s interested in watching cartoons. (likes)
__________________________________________________________________________
9. How much do these shoes cost? (What)
__________________________________________________________________________
10. How many shelves do you have in your bedroom? (are)
Exercise 13. Write a short paragraph about a hobby you would like to take up.
You should write about:
- What it is
- How you know about it
- Why you like it
- When you plan to have it
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
UNIT 4. MUSIC AND ARTS
A. VOCABULARY
Part of
speech
1 Academic adj /ˌækəˈdemɪk/ Học thuật
2 Anthem n /ˈænθəm/ Bài hát ca ngợi
3 Artist n /ˈɑːtɪst/ Họa sĩ
4 Appear V /əˈpɪə(r)/ Xuất hiện
5 Colour n /ˈkʌlə(r)/ Màu sắc
6 Choose v /tʃuːz/ Lựa chọn
7 Carpenter n /ˈkɑːpəntə(r)/ Thợ mộc, nhà điêu khắc
8 Curriculum n /kəˈrɪkjələm/ Chương trình (học)
9 Compel v /kəmˈpel/ Ép, buộc ai làm gì
10 Celebrate v /ˈselɪbreɪt/ Tổ chức ăn mừng
11 Consider v /kənˈsɪdə(r)/ Cân nhắc
12 Critic n /ˈkrɪtɪk/ Nhà phê bình
13 Definitely adv /ˈdefɪnətli/ Hoàn toàn
14 Exhibit v /ɪɡˈzɪbɪt/ Triển lãm, trưng bày
15 Educate v /ˈedʒukeɪt/ Giáo dục, dạy
16 Excellent adj /ˈeksələnt/ Xuất sắc, ưu tú
17 Folk tale n /ˈfəʊk teɪl/ Truyện dân gian
18 Fantastic adj /fænˈtæstɪk/ Tuyệt vời
19 Fame n /feɪm/ Sự nổi tiếng, danh tiếng
20 Famous adj /ˈfeɪməs/ Nổi tiếng
21 Important adj /ɪmˈpɔːtnt/ Quan trọng
22 Live adj/ adv /laɪv/ Trực tiếp
23 Loud adj /laʊd/ To, lớn (âm thanh)
24 Music n /ˈmjuːzɪk/ Âm nhạc
25 Necessary adj /ˈnesəsəri/ Cần thiết
26 Origin n /ˈɒrɪdʒɪn/ Nguồn gốc
27 Paint v /peɪn/ Vẽ
28 Plan n, v /plæn/ Kế hoạch, dự định làm gì
29 Portrait n /ˈpɔːtreɪt/ Bức chân dung
31 Prefer v /prɪˈfɜː(r)/ Thích hơn
32 Puppet n /ˈpʌpɪt/ Con rối
33 Perform v /pəˈfɔːm/ Trình diễn, biểu diễn
34 Pleasure n /ˈpleʒə(r)/ Niềm vui
35 Parade n /pəˈreɪd/ Đoàn diễu hành
36 Quiet adj /ˈkwaɪət/ Yên tĩnh, yên lặng (âm thanh)
37 Recent adj /ˈriːsnt/ Gần đây
38 Rural adj /ˈrʊərəl/ Thuộc về nông thôn, làng quê
B. PRONUNCIATION
Phụ âm c (special), s (ensure), t (nation), ch (machine), sh (shop)
/ʃ/
Phụ âm g (mirage), s (pleasure), t (equation)
/ʒ/
C. GRAMMAR
❄ Comparisons (So sánh)
🗶 Comparison with “AS ... AS” (So sánh bằng)
Adjective (Tính  S + be + as adj as + [O / S + aux]
từ) (Phủ định có thể dùng so...as)
Adverb  S + V + as adv as + [O / S + aux]
(Trạng từ) (Phủ định có thể dùng so...as)
Quantity  Số lượng nhiều với danh từ đếm được số nhiều
(Số lượng) S + V + as + MANY + Ns + as + [O / S + aux]
 Số lượng nhiều với danh từ không đếm được
S + V + as + MUCH + Nkđđ + as + [O / S + aux]
 Số lượng ít với danh từ đếm được số nhiều
S + V + as + FEW + Ns + as + [O / S + aux]
 Số lượng ít với danh từ không đếm được
S + V + as + LITTLE + Nkđđ + as + [O / S + aux]
Multiple  Muốn hình thành so sánh chứa bội số, ta thêm bội số vào trước cụm
Numbers "AS...AS"
(Bội số)  Một số bội số hay gặp: half (một nửa), twice (gấp đôi), three times (gấp ba) ...
S + V + (half, twice...) + as + many/ much + (N) + as + 0
Examples:
✔ Jane is as beautiful as her sister.
✔ Bill didn’t run so quickly as Ben did.
✔ I have as many friends as John.
✔ I don’t have as much experience as Lan.
✔ This pen costs twice as much as this book.
🗶 Comparison with “The same as”
 S + V + the same + N + as + O / pronoun
Example:
✔ Linh has the same hair as mine.
 N1 + be + the same as + N2 / pronoun
Example:
✔ Linh’s hair is the same as mine.
🗶 Like / Similar to / Different from
 N1 + be + similar to + N2 / pronoun: giống như/ giống với
 S + V + O + like + O: giống như/ giống với
Like = similar to / the same as: mang hàm nghĩa là "giống như" (thường diễn
đạt ngoại hình hay thói quen), và thường đi với các động từ chỉ cảm giác
(look, sound, feel, taste, seem ...)
Example:
✔ His shirt is similar to mine.
✔ She looks like her father.
 N1 + be + different from + N2 / pronoun: khác với
 S + V + (a) different + N + from + O: ... cái gì khác với ...
Example:
✔ My dress is different from yours.
✔ I have a different dress from you.
D. PRACTICE
PART 1. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Put the words into the correct column according the underlined part.
fashion fiction ocean closure musician
exhibition optional wash invasion shoulder
show essential shark shelter usually
special short vision leisure social
/ʃ/ /ʒ/
1. A. anthem B. artist C. affect D. colour
2. A. carpenter B. celebrate C. exhibit D. educate
3. A. compel B. critic C. music D. famous
4. A. rural B. parade C. puppet D. photo
5. A. portrait B. famous C. prefer D. critic
I. VOCABULARY
artist colour music loud famous
paint folktale exhibit puppet pleasure
1. 2. 3. 4. 5
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. A. violin B. artist C. saxophone D. guitar
2. A. portrait B. opera C. camera D. photograph
3. A. rock B. rap C. ballet D. pop
4. A. film director B. film producer C. singer D. actor
5. A. crayon B. pencil C. canvas D. water puppet
6. A. geography B. baby C. music D. science
7. A. control B. compose C. perform D. photography
8. A. puppet B. rural C. sculpture D. anthem
9. A. display B. cartoon C. paddle D. performance
10. A. support B. opera C. music D. atmosphere
Exercise 3. Reorder the letters to make correct words, then match them with their meaning.
A B
1. T-R-A-T-S-I a. the point from which something starts; the cause of something
🡪
2. P-C-O-E-M-L b. known about by many people
🡪
3. O-F-A-U-M-S c. a liquid that is put on surfaces to give them a particular colour; a
🡪 layer of this liquid when it has dried on a surface
4. U-M-I-C-S d. to like one thing or person better than another; to choose one thing
🡪 rather than something else because you like it better
5. R-O-G-I-N-I e. to force somebody to do something; to make something necessary
🡪
6. I-P-N-A-T f. a model of a person or an animal that can be made to move, for
🡪 example by pulling strings attached to parts of its body or by putting
your hand inside it
7. R-P-E-F-E-R g. making very little noise
🡪
8. U-P-P-E-P-T h. sounds that are arranged in a way that is pleasant or exciting to listen
🡪 to. People sing music or play it on instruments.
9. U-T-E-l-Q i. that happened or began only a short time ago
🡪
10. T-R-N-E-C-E j. a person who creates works of art, especially paintings or drawings
🡪
II. GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Write the comparative form of equality (as ... as) of the following adjectives or adverbs in
brackets.
1. This cake is _________________________ that cake. (sweet)
2. My laptop is _________________________ yours. (expensive)
3. This actress acts _________________________ that one. (excellently)
4. Does a tiger run _________________________ a cheetah? (fast)
5. Simon is _________________________ his brother. (brave)
6. Is an elephant _________________________ a whale? (heavy)
7. Emma is _________________________ Judy. (studious)
8. Did he do the test _________________________ you? (badly)
9. I slept _________________________ my mother last night. (well)
10. Ben cooks _________________________ his friend. John. (badly)
Exercise 2. Write the comparative form of inequality (not as / so ... as) of the following adjectives or
adverbs in brackets.
1. She is not _________________________ her sister. (charming)
2. My car isn’t running _________________________ that one. (fast)
3. A bird is not _________________________ a butterfly. (colourful)
4. A wolf is not _________________________ a puppy. (friendly)
5. Fast food isn’t _________________________ salad. (healthy)
6. Those shoes aren’t _________________________ these ones. (loose)
7. We don’t work _________________________ him. (hard)
8. I didn’t leave home _________________________ them. (early)
9. She doesn’t take care of babies _________________________ my mom. (carefully)
10. A computer isn’t _________________________ a book. (light)
Exercise 3. Fill in the blanks with “different” or “the same”.
1. Your house looks _________________________ from my house.
2. John has _________________________ job as my brother.
3. His ideas are little _________________________ from those of his friends.
4. The book’s _________________________ from the last time I read it.
5. My opinion is _________________________ from yours.
6. Ann's salary is _________________________ as mine.
7. Your motorbike has _________________________ weight as my motorbike.
8. Humans are _________________________ from other animals.
9. This apple has _________________________ flavor as that apple.
10. The apple is _________________________ weight as the orange.
Exercise 4. Match column A with column B to make meaningful sentences.
A B
1. Football is a. now than before she went to England.
2. Van’s accent is more different b. the same shoes as you.
3. I am not c. the class is as tall as Diana.
4. She wears d. different from other kinds of sport.
5. Sporting competition e. same purpose as before.
6. I am as tall f. as my sister.
7. He was born on the same g. is different from other kinds.
8. This cat is not so h. beautiful as that one.
9. He reuses things for the i. day as me.
10. No girl in j. as clever as my brother.
1. My younger brother has as many toys (as / from) me.
2. No other island in the world is (as large as / different large from) Greenland.
3. The cake tastes (different / the same) as chocolate.
4. I have (different / as) much money as my older brother.
5. Life in the city is (different /the same) from life in the countryside.
6. My book is (same / as) interesting as yours.
7. His house is different (from / as) my house.
8. No other writer in English (is / are) as famous as Shakespeare.
9. No other metal is as (use / useful) as iron.
10. Your hat (look / looks) the same as Mary’s.
Exercise 6. Complete the sentences by using “as... as”; “not as... as”; “different... from”.
1. Ms. Hoa is _________________________ Mrs. Lan. (attractive)
2. Her daughter is _________________________ her. (beautiful)
3. That dog _________________________ it looks. (not dangerous)
4. Living in Valencia _________________________ living in Paris is. (not expensive)
5. Schools in Viet Nam are _________________________ schools in the USA. (different)
6. Learning French is _________________________ learning English, (difficult)
7. These trees _________________________ those. (same)
8. Vios _________________________ Mazda 3. (not luxurious)
9. His appearance is _________________________ what I have expected. (different)
10. His job is _________________________ mine. (important)
Exercise 7. The word in bold at the end of each of the following sentences can be used to form a word
that fits suitably in each blank.
1. Tran Van Can is my favourite _________. He is famous for the painting “Little ART
sister Diep”.
2. Tra Giang is one of the most famous _________ of Viet Nam. Many people ACT
love her.
3. I think a good knowledge of arts and music is a _________ for anyone. NECESSARY
4. The _________ she gave last night was marvelous. PERFORM
5. Water puppetry _________ in the villages of the Red River Delta. ORIGIN
6. The DAN BAU is a Vietnamese traditional _________ instrument. MUSIC
7. _________ is the art of taking and processing photographs. PHOTOGRAPH
8. I don’t like pop music because it is not as _________ as rock and roll. EXCITE
9. Peter has received a letter of _________ to see a water puppet show this INVITE
Sunday.
10. Mai wanted to share her _________ with other people. PLEASE
1. No one else in the class plays the guitar __________ John.
A. as well B. as far as C. so well as D. as soon as
2. The Brit School is the most famous __________ arts school in Britain
A. performing B. performance C. perform D. performed
3. Jane is not __________ her brother.
A. more intelligent as B. intelligent as
C. so intelligent as D. so intelligent that
4. Since the 1970s, the festival in Glastonbury has taken __________ almost every year and has grown in size.
A. part B. place C. note D. notice
5. He drives as __________ his father does.
A. careful as B. more carefully
C. the most careful D. carefully as
6. Dong Ho paintings are made on __________ paper with beautiful __________ colors.
A. traditional - nature B. tradition – natural
C. tradition - nature D. traditional – natural
7. I’ll be there __________ l can.
A. sooner as B. no sooner as C. as soon as D. soonest as
8. My village is not __________ it was ten years ago.
A. the same as B. the same to C. same as D. the same
9. The villagers are __________ they were years ago. There is no change at all.
A. differently from B. not as friendly as
C. as friend as D. as friendly as
10. Water puppetry __________ in the 11th century in the villages of the Red River Delta of North Viet Nam.
A. originated B. formed C. started D. began
11. The puppet shows present __________ themes of Vietnamese villages.
A. city B. urban C. village D. rural
12. No one in my class is __________ beautiful __________ her.
A. as - as B. more - as C. as - than D. the – more
13. The group is __________ for their albums and tours around the world.
A. well-knows B. know-how C. well-prepared D. well-known
14. Going by train isn’t __________ convenient as going by car.
A. so B. as C. more D. A & B are correct.
15. The performance of puppetry show __________ in the countryside and __________.
A. everyday life – folk rock B. every day life – folk people
C. everyday life – folktales D. every day life – folk stories
16. Classical music is not _________ as pop music.
A. exciting B. more excited C. as exciting D. as excited
17. The test is not _________ difficult _________ it was last month.
A. as - as B. so - as C. more - as D. A & B are correct.
18. This year's musical festival is not _________ it was last year.
A. different from B. worse C. as good as D. as well as
19. He works _________ we do.
A. harder B. as hard as C. harder D. so hard as
20. Marie is not _________ intelligent _________ her sister.
A. more-as B.so-so C. so-as D. the-of
1. Playing the piano is as difficult as play the guitar. __________
2. Can a horse run same fast as a train? __________
3. You should try as hardly as you can. __________
4. My writing style is totally same from Tom’s. __________
5. His car runs the same speed from mine. __________
6. My best friend and I went to same school. __________
7. This fridge isn’t as good as mine old one. __________
8. Spending time on computers isn’t as entertaining than spending time with __________
friends.
9. She does not as famous as she was before. __________
10. This camera is as better as it was before. __________
III. READING
radio and favourite good spare
James:
My (1) __________ type of music ranges from Rap and R&B to Punk (2) __________ Hard Rock. The
only genre of music I don’t really care for is Country. I think it’s a (3) __________ thing to have a wide
ranging taste in music.
Joongih:
I don’t really have a favourite type of music. If a song comes out on the (4) __________ and it catches my
attention, I find out the name and the artist or group who sings it and I then download it. Eventually, these
songs of different genres become what I listen to in my (5) __________ time.
Exercise 2. Read the following passage and write T (True) or F (False) for each statement.
In the 1960s, The Beatles were probably the most famous pop group in the whole world. Since then, there
have been a great many groups that have achieved enormous fame, so it is perhaps difficult now to imagine
how sensational The Beatles were at that time. They were four boys from the north of England and none of
them had any training in music. They started by performing and recording songs by black Americans and they
had some success with these songs. Then they started writing their own songs and that was when they became
really popular. The Beatles changed pop music. They were the first pop group to achieve great success from
songs they had written themselves. After that it became common for groups and singers to write their own
songs.
1. Prior to The Beatles, it was usual for groups to write their own songs.
2. The Beatles were the most famous pop group in the 1960s.
3. The Beatles did not succeed with the songs by black Americans.
4. Some members of The Beatles studied music at school.
5. The Beatles achieved great success with the song they had written.
Exercise 3. Read the passage and answer the questions.
SCHOOL OF ROCK
Have you seen the film School of Rocks? It’s about a rock musician who became a teacher. The film is
based on a real music school which is run by Paul Green. Paul Green started the first School of Rock in 1998
in Philadelphia in the USA. He gave students rock music lessons after school, but he wanted to do more. Now
he gives them the chance to play in rock concerts. “Some of our students have never played in front of a real
audience before. We teach them how to do it,” he says. He has already taught hundreds of young people to be
rock performers, and now there are 30 schools of rock in different towns in the USA.
1. How many students has he taught?
______________________________________________________________.
2. How many schools of rock are there in the USA?
______________________________________________________________.
3. When did Paul Green start his first rock school?
______________________________________________________________.
4. What is the film School of Rock about?
______________________________________________________________.
5. What does he teach his students to do?
______________________________________________________________.
VI. WRITING
1. Japanese / well / Lan / as / learns / as / he / does.
______________________________________________________________.
2. Nha Trang / as / city / is / as / not / Hue. / cold
______________________________________________________________.
3. not / music / Pop / is / roll. / exciting / as / rock / and / as
______________________________________________________________.
4. one. / This / is / novel / same / as / that / the
______________________________________________________________.
5. Many / tourists / to / Viet Nam / water / the / to / show. / see / puppet / come
___________________________________________________________________.
6. Her / is / different / lifestyle / from / yours.
______________________________________________________________.
7. In / traditional / the / Dan Bau / is / Viet Nam, / a /musical / instrument.
______________________________________________________________.
8. not / Young Talent / safe / as / is / as / Nightingale.
______________________________________________________________.
9. in / You / see / many / can / interesting / portraits / that / art / gallery.
______________________________________________________________.
10. have / Films / usually / more / than / one / actor.
______________________________________________________________.
Exercise 2. Combine the sentences using the words in brackets.
1. Mr. Pike teaches history of arts. Mrs. May teaches history of music. (same subject)
_______________________________________________________________________.
2. This bike is 800,000 VND. That bike is 600,000 VND. (price … different)
_______________________________________________________________________.
3. My house is small and old. Your house is spacious and modern. (different from)
_______________________________________________________________________.
4. Classical music is interesting. Folk music is interesting. (as … as)
_______________________________________________________________________.
5. Mr. Owen speaks English. Mrs. Phan speaks English. (same language)
_______________________________________________________________________.
6. Huyen My sings beautifully. Her sister sings more beautifully than her. (as … as)
_______________________________________________________________________.
7. The new sculpture is 4 metres high. The old sculpture is 4.2 metres high. (as … as)
_______________________________________________________________________.
8. My sister’s hair is long and wavy. My hair is short and straight. (different from)
_______________________________________________________________________.
9. Van Gogh is Dutch. Picasso is Spanish. (nationality … different)
_______________________________________________________________________.
10. This house is green. That house is yellow. (color … different)
_______________________________________________________________________.
UNIT 5. FOOD AND DRINK
A. VOCABULARY
Part of
speech
1 Add v /æd/ Thêm vào
2 Bone n /bəʊn/ Xương
3 Broth n /brɔːθ/ Nước hầm xương
4 Cooking oil n /ˈkʊkɪŋ ɒɪl/ Dầu ăn
5 Chili n /ˈtʃɪli/ ớt
6 Cuisine n /kwɪˈziːn/ Ấm thực
7 Dish n /dɪʃ/ Món ăn
8 Fragrant adj ˈfreɪɡrənt/ Thơm
Flavor n /ˈfleɪvə(r)/ Hương vị
Bitter adj /ˈbɪtə(r)/ Đắng
Sweet adj /swiːt/ Ngọt
Salty adj /ˈsɔːlti/ Mặn
Spicy adj /ˈspaɪsi Cay
9 Sour adj /ˈsaʊə(r)/ Chua
10 Flour n /ˈflaʊə(r)/ Bột mì
11 Fizzy drink n /ˈfɪzi drɪŋk/ Nước ngọt có ga
12 Fork n /fɔːrk/ Dĩa
13 Garlic n /ˈɡɑːrlɪk/ Tỏi
14 Heat n, v /hiːt/ Nhiệt, đun nóng
15 Ham n /hæm/ Thịt xông khói
16 Ingredient n /ɪnˈɡriːdiənt/ Nguyên liệu, thành phần
17 Juice n /dʒuːs/ Nước hoa quả
18 Lemonade n /ˌleməˈneɪd/ Nước chanh
19 Lettuce n /ˈletɪs/ Rau xà lách
20 Mixture n /ˈmɪkstʃə(r)/ Hỗn hợp
21 Omelette n /ˈɑːmlət/ Trứng ốp la
22 Pancake n /ˈpænkeɪk/ Bánh xèo
23 Pepper n /ˈpepər/ Hạt tiêu, ớt chuông
24 Pork n /pɔːrk/ Thịt lợn
25 Prepare (for) v /prɪˈper/ Chuẩn bị (cho)
26 Recipe n /ˈresəpi/ Công thức nấu ăn
27 Rice paper n /ˈraɪs peɪpər/ Bánh đa nem
28 Sweet soup n /swiːt suːp / Chè
29 Shrimp n /ʃrɪmp/ Tôm
30 Spring roll n /ˌsprɪŋ ˈrəʊl/ Nem, chả giò
31 Sauce n /sɔːs/ Nước sốt
32 Stew v /stjuː Hầm
33 Snack n /snæk/ Đồ ăn nhẹ
34 Sticky rice n /ˌstɪki ˈraɪs/ Xôi
35 Sausage n /ˈsɔːsɪdʒ/ Xúc xích
36 Scallion n /ˈskæliən/ Hành lá
37 Spice n /spaɪs/ Gia vị
38 Tofu n /ˈtəʊfuː/ Tàu hũ, đậu hũ
39 Turmeric n /ˈtɜːrmərɪk/ Nghệ
Tasty = /ˈteɪsti/ = /dɪˈlɪʃəs/
adj Ngon
40 delicious
B. PRONUNCIATION
Nguyên âm ngắn o (dog)
/ɒ/
Nguyên âm dài a (tall), o (born), au (fault), aw (law), oa (board)
/ɔː/
C. GRAMMAR
❄ Some, a lot of, lots of
Some - Dùng trong câu khẳng định E.g: I have some friends.
- Đứng trước danh từ đếm được số nhiều và danh E.g: I have bought some apples.
từ không đếm được
- Some cũng được dùng trong câu hỏi E.g: Would you like some cake?
A lot of - Đứng trước danh từ đếm được và không đếm E.g: I went to a lot of concerts.
được
Lots of - Dùng trước danh từ đếm được và không đếm E.g: We spent lots of money.
được
D. PRACTICE
PART 1. PHONETICS
1. A. one B. bottle C. coffee D. pot
2. A. morning B. what C. problem D. yogurt
3. A. talk B. salt C. sausage D. cause
4. A. pork B. flower C. cow D. flour
5. A. noodle B. food C. soon D. cook
1. A. cooking B. chili C. bamboo D. fragrant
2. A. cuisine B. flavor C. salty D. spicy
3. A. garlic B. lettuce C. pancake D. prepare
4. A. sausage B. tasty C. appear D. colour
5. A. consider B. carpenter C. delicious D. ingredient
I. VOCABULARY
flour omelette shrimp sausage(s) scallions
lemonade bone chili fork snack
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. A. beef B. carrot C. lamb D. pork
2. A. coffee B. fruit juice C. tea D. tomato
3. A. cakes B. chocolate C. nuts D. fish
4. A. apple B. banana C. lemon D. pork
5. A. beans B. eggs C. salad D. mushrooms
6. A. bean B. pork C. beef D. chicken
7. A. pear B. melon C. peach D. salad
8. A. yogurt B. tea C. butter D. cheese
9. A. apple B. banana C. egg D. grape
10. A. carrot B. onion C. potato D. orange
A B
1. O-B-E-N a. the small green or red fruit of a type of pepper plant that is used in
cooking to give a hot taste to food, often dried or made into powder, also
called chili or chili powder
2. I-H-C-I-L b. the liquid that comes from fruit or vegetables; a drink made from this
3. A-L-F-V-R-O c. a small meal or amount of food, usually eaten in a hurry
4. E-H-T-A d. meat from a pig that has not been cured (= preserved using salt or
smoke)
5. C-J-E-I-U e. being hot/ temperature
6. K-O-P-R f. how food or drink tastes
7. C-S-K-A-N g. a dish of meat and/or vegetables cooked slowly in liquid in a container
that has a lid (= cover)
8. R-S-I-M-H-P h. a set of instructions that tells you how to cook something and the
ingredients (= items of food) you need for it
9. W-E-S-T i. any of the hard parts that form the skeleton of the body of a human or an
animal
10. E-R-E-P-C-I j. a small shellfish that can be eaten, like a prawn but smaller. Shrimps
turn pink when cooked
II. GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Put the words in the box in the correct column.
Pasta; Beef; Milk; Salmon; Tea; Tuna; Peas; Beans; Yoghurt; Coffee; Chicken; Ice-cream; Rice; Pork;
Bacon; Sausages; Butter; Flour; Bread; Noodles; Cucumber; Wine; Oranges; Bananas; Cod; Peppers;
Beer; Pears; Strawberries; Tomatoes; Prawns; Cream; Lemonade; Grapes; Lamb; Ham.
Dairy
Meat Seafood Fruit Vegetables Drinks Cereals
Products
Exercise 2. Write c next to countable nouns and u next to uncountable nouns.
1. cherry 6. meat 11. melon 16. bread
2. milk 7. orange 12.honey 17. child
3. juice 8. girl 13. burger 18. air
4. potato 9. butter 14. cream 19. salt
5. tea 10. rice 15. sandwich 20. fan
1. I need to buy some new (furniture /furnitures).
2. My mother gave me a cute (puppy /puppies) as a birthday present last week.
3. Peter, could you lend me some (money / moneys)?
4. There are twenty (girl/girls) in my class.
5. My dad usually has a cup of (coffee /coffees) every morning.
6. I’m looking for some (information /informations) about coronaviruses (CoV).
7. After dinner, I have some (homework / homeworks) to do.
8. How many (book/books) are there on your table?
9. Mom, we ran out of (sugar /sugars). Can you buy some?
10. I have just bought a lot of (cherry/cherries). Would you like some?
Exercise 4. Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the nouns.
1. I need some (apple) __________ for this recipe.
2. There’s some (water) __________ in the bottle.
3. There are a lot of/ lots of (person) __________ in the room.
4. She likes coffee with a lot of/ lots of (sugar) __________.
5. How many (pen) __________ do you have?
6. How much (butter) __________ do you need?
7. We need two (tablespoon) __________ of cold water.
8. Have you got any (money) __________?
9. I have some (friend) __________.
10. A lot of (student) __________ are studying in the library.
Exercise 5. Fill in the blanks with “How much” or “How many”.
1. __________ members are there in your family?
2. __________ sugar do you need?
3. __________ time do you spend playing games every day?
4. __________ times have you been to Phu Quoc?
5. __________ cousins do you have?
6. __________ is this clock?
7. __________ water should I drink daily?
8. __________ bowls are there in the cupboard?
9. __________ bottles of water are there in the fridge?
10. __________ salt is there?
Exercise 6. Fill in the blanks with “some” or “any”.
1. Can I have __________ more milk, please?
2. Has Jane got __________ brothers or sisters?
3. I haven’t got __________ work to do.
4. Is there __________ news about the new project?
5. I’ve got __________ news for you.
6. There isn’t __________ information on the computer about this.
7. Would you like __________ help?
8. Could you get me __________ stamps, please?
9. We went out with __________ friends last night.
10. Is there __________ wine left?
Exercise 7. Complete the sentences with: “a/ an” or “some/ any”.
1. I need __________ sugar.
2. I haven’t got __________ money.
3. This is __________ very good diet.
4. You need __________ oil in your diet, but not a lot.
5. I’ve got __________ information for you.
6. We don’t need __________ more white paint.
7. Shall I get __________ melon for dinner?
8. I’ll get __________ butter while I’m at the shop.
9. Would you like __________ apple?
10. We need __________ bars of chocolate for the party.
Exercise 8. Complete the sentences with “a, an, some, any, much, many” or “a lot of/ lots of.
1. I have to go to the market now. There isn’t __________ food for our dinner.
2. How __________ bottles of orange juice are there in the fridge?
3. Would you like __________ sugar for your coffee?
4. How __________ butter do you need for your pancakes?
5. There are __________ trees in our village, so the air here is very fresh.
6. How __________ chairs does Minh need for the party?
7. I’m very busy, I have __________ things to do today.
8. We have only __________ bottle of fish sauce.
9. We didn’t have __________ beef left, so we had __________ fish for lunch.
10. He was munching on __________ apple.
1. __________? - There's some meat and some rice.
A. What's for lunch B. What's lunch
C. What's lunch for D. Where's lunch for
2. Coffee is __________.
A. favourite my drink B. my favourite drink
C. drink my favourite D. my drink favourite
3. What would you like? - __________.
A. I like some apple juice. B. I'd like any apple juice.
C. I'd like some apple juice D. I'd like an apple juice.
4. My hobby is __________.
A. cooking B. cook C. to cook D. cooked
5. We hate __________ the dishes.
A. wash B. to washing C. washed D. washing
6. I do not have __________ oranges, but I have__________ apples.
A. any/any B. some/any C. any/some D. a/some
7. What is there __________?
A. drinking B. drink C. drank D. to drink
8. There is __________ fruit juice in the fridge.
A. any B. some C. a D. many
9. There is __________ tofu, but there aren’t __________ sandwiches.
A. some-some B. any-any C. some-any D. any-some
10. How many __________ do you need?
A. cartons of yogurt B. packet of yogurt
C. carton of yogurt D. yogurt
11. Can you tell me __________ this dish?
A. to cook B. how to cook C. cooking D. how to cooking
12. What __________ do I need to cook an omelette?
A. food B. material C. menu D. ingredients
13. In Viet Nam, spring rolls are served __________ at a family gathering or anniversary dinner.
A. most B. almost C. most of D. mostly
14. “What is your __________ dish for breakfast? - “It’s beef noodle soup”
A. favourite B. most C. best D. liking
15. How many __________ do you eat every day?
A. orange B. milk C. apple D. apples
16. Cakes in Viet Nam are made __________ butter, eggs, and flour.
A. in B. from C. of D. by
17. Lan’s brother is a __________ working at Metropolitan Restaurant.
A. cooker B. cooking C. chief D. chef
18. What __________ drink do you like most?
A. nation B. foreign C. foreigner D. favourite
19. “Do you want to __________ this new dish of noodles I have just cooked?”
A. like B. drink C. try D. make
20. The eel soup that your father has just cooked tastes very __________.
A. delicious B. best C. healthy D. well
1. She teaches in an nice big school. _________
2. How many book do you have? _________
3. If he needs any more moneys, please let me know. _________
4. Let’s have noodles with some beefs or pork. _________
5. Among the much special dishes in Ha Noi, pho is the most popular. _________
6. How many water do you need? _________
7. He can have any orange juice instead of milk. _________
8. How many sandwich are there in your bag? _________
9. There’s some rices left from lunch. _________
10. Pho have a very special taste. _________
III. READING
Exercise 1. Read the text and complete the chart.
Roy and Joan
I’m Roy and this is my wife, Joan. We live on a farm, so we have to get up early, at about 5.30. We
start a day with a big breakfast - bacon, sausages, and eggs, with tomatoes and mushrooms. We have toast, too,
and two or three cups of tea.
Our big meal of the day is lunch at 12 o’clock. We have meat with potatoes and vegetables, then a big
pudding, such as apple pie and custard, and a cup of tea.
At five o’clock we have tea. That’s a light meal- eggs perhaps, or cheese on toast, and then cakes or
biscuits and another cup of tea. On Fridays and Saturdays, we go to the pub in the evenings and we have a few
pints of beer.
Meals When What
1. Breakfast ____________ ____________
2. ____________ ____________ ____________
3. ____________ ____________ ____________
Exercise 2. Rearrange the following sentences in the correct order about "How to make Fried rice".
FRIED RICE
1. Remember to serve hot.
2. Firstly, we beat the eggs with salt, pepper, and onion.
3. Next, we add 2 tablespoons of oil, add the rice, stir-fry for a few minutes, using chopsticks to break it apart,
and stir in the soy sauce.
4. We will prepare: 1-2 green onions, 2 large eggs, 1 teaspoon of salt, a teaspoon of pepper, 4 tablespoons of
oil, 4 cups of cold cooked rice, 1-2 tablespoons of light soy sauce.
5. Then we heat the pan and add 2 tablespoons of oil.
6. When the rice is heated through, we add the mixture back into the pan.
7. When the oil is hot, pour the mixture into the pan. When it is hot, take it out and clean out the pan.
Exercise 3. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with the correct words in the box.
Thanksgiving 1621 Indians thousands headdress
religious popcorn 1930s go theatres
WHO INVENTED POPCORN?
Popcorn is a delicacy that was developed by the (1) _________ of North America, dated back (2) _________
of years. Besides eating popped com, the Indians also used popped com in (3) _________, necklaces and in (4)
_________ ceremonies. According to most sources, a deerskin bag full of (5) _________ was served at the
first (6) _________ dinner at Plymouth Rock in (7) _________.
Popcorn’s popularity grew during the Depression of the (8) _________ when people realised that a little
popcorn could (9) _________ a long way. But its success was clinched when movie (10) _________ across the
continent started serving the snack. By 1947, 85 percent of movie houses were selling popcorn at their
concession stands.
VI. WRITING
Exercise 1. Reorder the words/ phrases to make correct sentences.
How to make the perfect pancake
1. and / the / eggs / Beat / with / sugar, / flour / milk. / together
________________________________________________________________.
2. oil / the / in / heat / medium / Heat / over / a / frying / pan.
________________________________________________________________.
3. Pour / about / 1/4 cup / of / into / pan / mixture / the / time. / at / a / the
________________________________________________________________.
4. Cook / golden. / until
________________________________________________________________.
How to make fried tofu
1. Put citronella, / pepper, and chilies / together / and stir. / salt, / into a bowl
________________________________________________________________.
2. into small / square pieces / and / the bowl with mixture. / Cut tofo / put them into
________________________________________________________________.
3. Heat / the oil / medium heat / in / over / a frying pan.
________________________________________________________________.
4. the mixture of / and / into the pan. / Pour / tofu / spices
________________________________________________________________.
5. Overlap/ smells/ it/ tofu/ until it’s/ golden/ and/ fragrant./ fry/ and
________________________________________________________________.
6. with / salad / and tomato. / Serve
________________________________________________________________.
Exercise 2. Rewrite the second sentence using the given word(s) so that it has a similar meaning to the
first sentence.
1. How many plums would you like to buy? (want)
________________________________________________________________.
2. I like orange juice best. (My)
________________________________________________________________.
3. How much was your jacket? (How much/ What)
________________________________________________________________.
4. This is the oldest house in the street. (No)
________________________________________________________________.
5. Fried chicken is my son’s favourite food. (My)
________________________________________________________________.
6. Does your sister cook well? (Is)
________________________________________________________________.
7. Would he like to eat some bread? (Does)
________________________________________________________________.
8. It’s easy for Ann to arrange flowers. (finds)
________________________________________________________________.
9. Her new apartment is more modem than the old one. (Her old)
________________________________________________________________.
10. Huong is Ms. Van’s niece. (Huong’s)
________________________________________________________________.
UNIT 6. A VISIT TO SCHOOL
A. VOCABULARY
Part of
speech
1 Abroad adv /əˈbrɔːd/ Nước ngoài
2 Brilliant adj /ˈbrɪliənt/ Kiệt xuất, tài giỏi
3 Campus n /ˈkæmpəs/ Khuôn viên trường
4 Canteen n /kænˈtiːn/ Căng-tin
5 Classroom n /ˈklɑːsruːm/ Phòng học, lớp học
6 Compass n /ˈkʌmpəs/ La bàn
7 Computer n /kəmˈpjuːtər/ Máy vi tính
8 Courtyard n /ˈkɔːrtjɑːrd/ Sân trong
9 Desk n /desk/ Bàn học
10 Dormitory n ˈdɔːrmətɔːri/ Ký túc xá
11 Education n /ˌedʒuˈkeɪʃn/ Nền giáo dục
12 Erect v /ɪˈrekt/ Xây dựng, đặt thẳng đứng
13 Facilities n /fəˈsɪlətiz/ Trang thiết bị, phương tiện
14 Foundation n /faʊnˈdeɪʃn/ Nền tảng, sự sáng lập
Graduate
15 (from) v /ˈɡrædʒuət/ Tốt nghiệp (từ)
Gym /dʒɪm/
16 n Phòng thể dục
(gymnasium) =/ dʒɪmˈneɪziəm/
17 Hall n /hɔːl/ Hội trường
18 Honest adj /ˈɑːnɪst/ Thật thà, trung thực
19 Infirmary n /ɪnˈfɜːrməri/ Phòng y tế
Laboratory
20 (lab) n /ˈlæbrətɔːri/ Phòng thí nghiệm
21 Learn / study v /lɜːrn/, /ˈstʌdi/ Học
22 Library n /ˈlaɪbreri/ Thư viện
23 Locate v /ˈləʊkeɪt/ Tọa lạc, đặt ờ vị trí
24 Luggage n /ˈlʌɡɪdʒ/ Hành lý
25 Marker n /ˈmɑːrkər Bút viết bảng
26 Pack v /pæk/ Gói, bọc, chuẩn bị đồ
27 Pavilion n /pəˈvɪliən/ Sảnh
29 Projector n /prəˈdʒektər/ Máy chiếu
30 Reach v /riːtʃ/ Đến
31 Revise v /rɪˈvaɪz/ Ôn lại
32 Scholar n /ˈskɑːlər/ Học giả, nhà nghiên cứu
33 Schoolyard n /ˈskuːljɑːrd/ Sân trường
34 Staffroom n /ˈstæfruːm/ Phòng giáo viên
35 Succeed v /səkˈsiːd/ Thành công
36 Surround v /səˈraʊnd/ Bao quanh
37 Symbol (of) n /ˈsɪmbl/ Biểu tượng (của)
38 Teach v /tiːtʃ/ Dạy học
39 University n /ˌjuːnɪˈvɜːrsəti/ Trường đại học
40 Whiteboard n /ˈwaɪtbɔːrd/ Bảng trắng
B. PRONUNCIATION
Phụ âm c (cello), t (century), ch (cheap)
/tʃ/
Phụ âm d (soldier), ge (cage), g (gin), j (jug)
/dʒ/
C. GRAMMAR
❄ Prepositions (Giới từ)
 Giới từ là một từ hoặc cụm từ được sử dụng trước danh từ/ đại từ để chỉ nơi chốn, vị trí, thời gian, cách thức.
 Giới từ đứng sau TO BE, trước DANH TỪ; sau ĐỘNG TỪ hoặc sau TÍNH TỪ.
① Prepositions of time (Giới từ chỉ thời gian)
- at (lúc, vào lúc) + thời gian trong ngày và E.g: at 5 o 'clock, at 11:45, at Không dùng các
vào những ngày lễ midnight, at Christmas giới từ in, on,
- on (vào) + ngày, ngày tháng, ngày tháng E.g: on Wednesday, on April 15 , at trước every,
th
năm và các ngày cụ thể on 20 July 1992, on Christmas last, next, this,
day, on Friday morning, on my tomorrow,
birthday yesterday...
E.g: in 1998, in September, in
- in (trong, vào) + tháng năm mùa thế kỷ March 1999, in the winter, in the
và các buổi trong ngày (ngoại trừ at night) 21st century
- after (sau, sau khi) E.g: after lunch
- before (trước, trước khi) E.g: the day before yesterday
- between (giữa hai khoảng thời gian) E.g: between Monday and Friday
- for (trong khoảng thời gian) E.g: for 20 minutes
- since (từ, từ khi) E.g: since 1982
- till/ until (đến, cho đến khi) E.g: He slept from 8 a.m till/ until 3 p.m.
- up to (đến, cho đến) E.g: Up to now, she s been quiet.
② Prepositions of place (Giới từ chỉ nơi chốn)
- Giới từ chỉ nơi chốn là những từ thường đi kèm với những danh từ chỉ nơi chốn, địa điểm, vị trí để miêu tả
hoặc xác định vị trí của chủ ngữ trong các hoàn cảnh cụ thể.
- In (trong, ở) + Không In + vũ trụ, thành phố, thị trấn, E.g: in space; in Ha Noi
quốc gia
In + khoảng không gian E.g: in a row; in the room
gian khái quát
In + phương hướng E.g: in the South/ East/ West/North
In + ô tô E.g: in a car; in a taxi
On + vị trí trên bề mặt, vị trí E.g: on the chair, on the left, on the
table
- On (trên) + Không On + tên đường phố, tầng E.g: on Nguyen Trai Street; on the
gian cụ thể second floor
On + phương tiện đi lại (trừ car,
E.g: on the bus
taxi, helicopter)
- At (tại) + Địa điểm At + địa chỉ cụ thể E.g: at 128 Luong The Vinh Street
cụ thể At + nơi làm việc/ học tập/ email E.g: at school
- In front of
E.g: I am standing in front of his school.
(phía trước)
- Behind
E.g: The cat is behind the ball.
(phía sau)
- Between
E.g: She is standing between Jenny and Kevin.
(ở giữa)
- Next to/ beside
E.g: Guards stand next to the entrance of the bank.
(bên cạnh)
- Above/ over
E.g: This mountain is 500m above sea level.
(ở trên, cao hơn)
- Under/ below
E.g: Your cat is under the chair.
(ởd ưới, thấp hơn)
D. PRACTICE
PART 1. PHONETICS
itchy jazz chest feature children
journey jam sausage subject cheerful
teacher stranger originate heritage culture
charity exchange passenger encourage coach
/tʃ/ /dʒ/
1. A. abroad B. campus C. compass D. honest
2. A. symbol B. revise C. marker D. version
3. A. projector B. foundation C. computer D. turmeric
4. A. study B. succeed C. canteen D. erect
5. A. whiteboard B. teacher C. scholar D. prepare
I. VOCABULARY
luggage library compass teach university
computer learn projector desk canteen
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. A. pavilion B.pagoda C. tutor D. temple
2. A. comment B. entrance C. bamboo D. blanket
3. A. teacher B. college C. professor D. lecture
4. A. revision B. decision C. grocery D. collection
5. A. learn B. teach C. study D. locate
6. A. forest B. effect C. locate D. admire
7. A. form B. found C. establish D. find
8. A. exchange B. gather C. invent D. remain
9. A. village B. high school C. university D. college
10. A. pagoda B. encourage C. collection D. Hamburger
A B
1. B-R-A-D-O-A a. to prepare for an exam by looking again at work that you have done
2. C-N-T-A-E-N-E b. always telling the truth, and never stealing or cheating
3. O-C-S-M-S-A-P c. to build something
4. R-T-E-C-E d. a pen with a thick felt tip
e. to give lessons to students in a school, college, university, etc.; to help
5. S-O-E-T-N-H
somebody learn something by giving information about it
6. Y-I-A-L-R-B-R f. in or to a foreign country
7. A-R-M-E-K-R g. an instrument for finding direction, with a needle that always points to
the north
8. E-T-A-H-C h. to protect something that breaks easily by surrounding it with soft
material
i. a building in which collections of books, newspapers, etc. and sometimes
9. E-R-S-V-I-E
films and recorded music are kept for people to read, study or borrow
10. C-P-K-A j. a place where food and drink are served in a factory, a school, etc.
II. GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Fill in the blanks with “in” or “at”.
1. I will see you ________ the train station.
2. There is no soup ________ the bowl.
3. You should put the meat ________ the fridge to keep it fresh.
4. My mother came to pick me up ________ the airport.
5. My father is ________ work right now. He often finishes at 5 p.m.
6. Get off the bus ________ the next stop.
7. She lives ________ a small town ________ France.
8. There are some books ________ the box over there.
9. There is a big bed ________ my room.
10. Sicily is a region ________ the south of Italy.
Exercise 2. Fili in the blanks with “in” or “on”.
1. Who is the man ________ the blue shirt?
2. Do you want your food ________ a bowl or ________ a plate?
3. There are different kinds of fruits ________ the table.
4. There is a water stain ________ the ceiling.
5. There is a good movie ________ TV tonight.
6. People often gather together and watch fireworks ________ New Year’s Eve.
7. My apartment is ________ the fifth floor.
8. My cousin lives ________ a small cozy apartment with his wife.
9. There are lots of shops and restaurants ________ the city center.
10. I put my daughter’s toys ________ a big box.
Exercise 3. Underline the correct prepositions in the following sentences.
1. There are some pictures (on/in/at) the wall.
2. The students are (at/on /under) school now.
3. We go to school (in /by/on) the bus.
4. Is there any juice (under/on /in) the glass?
5. There is a coffee table (at/in /on) the middle of the living room.
6. I live (on /in /at) 30 Cau Giay Street.
7. The bakery is (in /to /on) the right.
8. They live (above/on/in) the fifth floor.
9. My mother is cooking (on /at/in) the kitchen.
10. Bob is sitting (in/on/at) the table.
Exercise 4. Write the following words or phrases in the correct column.
2015 Monday Tet holiday Christmas Day noon
Friday afternoon midday the morning half past six September
March 8th the 1990s Tet seven o’clock autumn
IN ON AT
Exercise 5. Fill in the blanks with “at, on, in,” or “🗶” where no preposition is necessary.
A.
1. We sometimes go shopping ________ the evening.
2. We visit our grandparents ________ Saturday evening.
3. Did you go to your English class ________ yesterday evening?
B.
1. He was born ________ 2015.
2. He was born ________ July, 2015.
3. He was born ________ July 20th, 2015.
C.
1. I go swimming ________ Sundays.
2. I go swimming ________ every Sunday.
3. I go swimming ________ Sunday morning.
4. I went swimming ________ last Sunday.
D.
1. We usually have a holiday ________ summer.
2. We went to Nha Trang ________ summer vacation.
3. We will go to Da Lat ________ next summer.
E.
1. I spend time with my family ________ Christmas.
2. I spend time with my family ________ Christmas Day.
Exercise 6. Put in the blanks the correct prepositions (in / on / at / from ... to). If no preposition is
needed, put “🗶”.
1. A loud noise woke me up ________ midnight yesterday.
2. ________ last week I worked Monday Friday.
3. My mother plays tennis ________ Fridays with her friends.
4. Lucy will visit us ________ next week ________ February the nineteenth.
5. The writer was born ________ the eighteenth century.
6. You should not go alone ________ midnight. And always be careful.
7. The train leaves ________ early tomorrow morning.
8. We decided to meet in front of the restaurant ________ 8 p.m.
9. Do you eat chocolate eggs________ Easter?
10. Amsterdam is a beautiful city, especially ________ spring.
Exercise 7. Fill in the blanks with the correct preposition from the box. You have
to use one preposition twice.
between in next to on under
above of from for in
I am living in an apartment (1) ________ the ninth floor of a building. There is a beautiful view (2) ________
the window. There are six rooms (3) ________ my apartment: a living room, a kitchen, two bathrooms and two
bedrooms. The living room is very big. There is a sofa, a bookshelf and a piano. My mother hung some
pictures on the wall, (4) ________ the piano. One bathroom is (5)the kitchen and the living room. The other
bathroom is (6) ________ my parents’ bedroom. I have my own bedroom. I have got a desk in the comer (7)
________ the room where I do my homework. There is a bookshelf (8) ________ the desk (9) ________ all of
my books and awards that I have received. Also there is a park (10) ________ the building where I can go for a
walk every day with my brother or where I can play with my lovely dog, Myla.
1. The weather is often bad in England ________ January
A. at B. in C. on
2. Where will you go to ________ Christmas Day?
A. on B. in C. at
3. I used to live in London ________ four years.
A. for B. at C. on
4. You will need to send the letter the deadline which is ________ April 3rd.
A. before - on B. after - on C. in - at
5. I will start a Math course ________ the beginning of next month.
A. in B. at C. on
6. ________ the end, my favorite football team won.
A. At B. On C. In
7. My father will not be home ________ next week. He is in Japan now.
A. until B. on C. in
8. Students won’t be allowed to use calculators ________ the exam.
A. for B. after C. during
9. The meeting will be ________ next Friday evening.
A. on B. in C. 🗶
10. What do you usually do ________ Tet?
A. at B. in C. on
11. “When is her birthday?” - “________”
A. At March B. On March C. In March
12. What time do you have dinner? - “________”
A. at 7 p.m B. on 7 p.m C. in 7 p.m
13. When do you play with your classmates?
A. at the afternoon
B. on the afternoon
C. in the afternoon
14. When does your sister finish her work?
A. at night B. on night C. in night
15. “When does it snow?” - “________”
A. At winter B. On winter C. In winter
16. “When were you bom?” - “________”
A. At April 3rd B. On April 3rd C. In April 3rd
17. “When does summer start?” - “________”
A. At the beginning of May
B. On the beginning of May
C. In the beginning of May
18. “When do we get a lot of presents?” - “________”
A. At Christmas B. On Christmas C. In Christmas
19. “When did you move to Hanoi?” - “________”
A. At 2007 B. On 2007 C. In 2007
20. “When do you usually go camping?” - “________”
A. At Sunday morning
B. On Sunday morning
C. In Sunday morning
1. She is standing between her friends. ___________
2. I will leave for Hanoi in Wednesday morning. ___________
3. There are some magazines in the table. ___________
4. Do you like swimming under the pool? ___________
5. Lan sits next me in the class. ___________
6. My school is not far my house. ___________
7. She was born in September 25th. ___________
8. Does it rain on summer? ___________
9. Some boys in my class usually play football in break time. ___________
10. He sometimes goes to bed in midnight. ___________
III. READING
Exercise 1. Fin ill the blanks with the suitable words in the box.
leave find take choose state
go study private start stay
Secondary education in the USA
In the USA, students (1) ___________ their secondary education at the age of 11. First they (2)
___________ to Middle School for three years. Then they go for High School for four years, from the age 14
to 18. Some students (3) ___________ school when they are 16 and (4) ___________ jobs. But most students
(5) ___________ at High School still they are 18. Then they (6) ___________ exams and they get "High
School Diploma". There aren't any national exams.
All students at secondary school in the USA (7) ___________ English, Maths, Science, and P.E., but
students (8) ___________ other subjects, so they don't all study the same subjects.
About 90% of students in the USA go to (9) ___________ schools. About 10% go to (10) ___________
schools. Most of the private schools are religious schools.
Exercise 2. Fill in each blank with a suitable word.
If the teacher (1) ___________ a question, you are expected to give an answer. If you do not understand
the question, you should (2) ___________ your hand and ask the teacher to repeat the question. If you do not
know the answer, it is all right to tell the teacher that you do not know. Then he ( 3) ___________ she knows
what you need to learn.
There is no excuse for not doing your homework. If you are absent, you should call your (4) ___________
or someone who is in your class and ask for the assignment. It is your responsibility to find out what
assignments you have missed. It is not the teacher's responsibility to remind you of missed assignments.
You must not be absent on a test day. If you are seriously ill, call and let the teacher know you will not be
there for the test. (5) ___________ teacher allows make-up tests, you should take the test within one or two
days after returning to class. Serious illness is the only reason for missing a test.
The Temple of Literature is about 10 minutes away from Hoan Kiem Lake. It was constructed in 1070
under Ly Thanh Tong’s dynasty, first to honor Confucius and nowadays to celebrate the doctorate and high-
ranking scholar of Viet Nam. In 1076, Emperor Ly Nhan Tong continued the work and built the Imperial
Academy as the first university of Viet Nam.
The Temple is divided into five courtyards. The first courtyard is from the main gate to Dai Trung Gate.
The second is with Khue Van Pavilion. The pavilion symbol is used on the street signs of Ha Noi. The third
courtyard is the place where the doctorate names were listed on the stone tablets above tortoise backs. The
fourth courtyard is dedicated for Confucius and his 72 honored students, as well as Chu Van An - one of the
most famous teachers at the Imperial Academy. The last is also the farthest courtyard is Thai Hoc House,
which was used as the Imperial Academy. Thai Hoc House holds a small collection of old- time costumes for
students and scholars.
1. Where is the Temple of Literature?
________________________________________________________________.
2. When and by whom was it built?
________________________________________________________________.
3. How many courtyards are there in the Temple of Literature?
________________________________________________________________.
4. Which courtyard has Khue Van Pavilion?
________________________________________________________________.
5. What is the Khue Van Pavilion symbol used for?
________________________________________________________________.
VI. WRITING
1. is / a / the / house. / There / dog / behind
________________________________________________________________.
2. is / in / park. / pond / the / There / a
________________________________________________________________.
3. There / a / to / the / school. / is / next / boy
________________________________________________________________.
4. There / a / between / the / and / library. / is / tree / bank / the
________________________________________________________________.
5. There / a / bus / to / stop. / is / the / bus / next
________________________________________________________________.
6. David / and / father / the / Temple of Literature / week. / his / last / visited
________________________________________________________________.
7. My / graduated / the / University of Melbourne / in / from /2012./ brother
________________________________________________________________.
8. Hung Kings’ Temple / a / cultural / in / Viet Nam? / Is / place
________________________________________________________________.
9. Thong Nhat / is / a / tourist / in / Ho Chi Minh / City. / Palace / attraction
________________________________________________________________.
10. The / were / carefully / for / the / exam. / students / prepared / final.
________________________________________________________________.
Exercise 2. Write the questions to the underlined words.
1. __________________________________________________________.
I made it from a piece of wood.
2. __________________________________________________________.
She bought it at the shop over there.
3. __________________________________________________________.
Daisy has an appointment at 10.30 this morning.
4. __________________________________________________________.
Her date of birth is on August 21st.
5. __________________________________________________________.
The bank is opposite the restaurant.
6. __________________________________________________________.
My father was in Ha Noi last month.
7. __________________________________________________________.
He traveled to Nha Trang by coach.
8. __________________________________________________________.
Her brother and sister play sports after lunch.
9. __________________________________________________________.
It’s about two kilometers from my house to the movie theater.
10. __________________________________________________________.
She worried about the next examination.
TEST 2. UNIT 4-6
1. A. collection B. tradition C. exhibition D. question
2. A. version B. pleasure C. usual D. design
3. A. closure B. sure C. pleasure D. leisure
4. A. ocean B. concert C. musician D. official
5. A. so B. expensive C. saxophone D. music
6. A. theater B. health C. bath D. father
7. A. storage B. advantage C. message D. garage
8. A. feature B. chapter C. literature D. culture
9. A. language B. passage C. danger D. angry
10. A. dedicate B. graduate C. gradual D. soldier
1. A. adventure B. advertisement C. buffalo D. detective
2. A. cavity B. unhealthy C. personal D. shower
3. A. music B. science C. teacher D. contain
4. A. paddle B. invent C. display D. cartoon
5. A. information B. direction C. tomato D. potato
6. A. surprise B. sugar C. profession D. success
7. A. advance B. around C. industry D. imperial
8. A. natural B. national C. literature D. suggestion
9. A. charming B. champagne C. children D. charity
10. A. recognition B. temple C. tablet D. emperor
Exercise 3. Choose the word that doesn’t belong to the group in each sentence.
3. A. rock B. rap C. ballet D. Pop
4. A. film director B. film producer C. singer D. Actor
6. A. sick B. temperature C. tired D. weak
7. A. flu B. stomachache C. allergy D. fat
8. A. sleep B. happy C. live D. smile
9. A. cough B. headache C. weak D. sore throat
10. A. sunburn B. toothache C. earache D. unhealthy
1. There isn’t ________ for dinner, so I have to go to the market.
A. any left B. any leaving C. some leaving D. some left
2. A ________ is a small meal that you eat when you are in a hurry.
A. snack B. fast food C. breakfast D. lunch
3. ________ is hot food that is quick to cook, and is served very quickly in a restaurant
A. Hot food B. Fast food C. Sandwiches D. Hamburgers
4. ________ should I put it into the glass?
A. How B. How much C. How many D. What
5. ________ tomatoes do you need to make the sauce?
A. How much B. How long C. How many D. How often
6. ________ bottles of milk does your family need for a week?
A. How much B. How many C. How D. How often
7. How many ________ do you want?
A. orange juice B. bottles of orange juice
C. jar of orange juice D. cartons of orange juice
8. Is there any butter ________ in the refrigerator?
A. leave B. to leave C. leaving D. left
9. Would you like ________ bread?
A. some B. any C. a D. an
10. My old house is different ________ the new one.
A. from B. with C. of D. to
11. Who’s the man ________ that photograph?
A. in B. on C. at D. to
12. Some people like to sit ________ the front row.
13. Turn left ________ the traffic lights!
A. in B. on C. at D. To
14. We’ll meet Henry ________ the entrance of the palace.
15. There’s a notice ________ the door. It says “Do not disturb!”.
16. I’ve been ________ Australia 3 times.
17. Children, get ________ the car and fasten the seatbelt!
18. What did you do ________ last night, Joe?
A. in B. on C. 🗶 D. to
19. I saw Steve ________ a concert ________ Sunday.
A. in - at B.at-on C. at-in D. on – on
20. Water boils ________ 100 degrees Celsius.
21. We need a little ________.
A. spoons B. sauce C. peas D. Lemons
22. How ________ toys does your son have? - A lot, I think.
A. much B. some C. any D. many
23. I have ________ pears, just only plums.
A. any B. a few C. no D. Some
24. Jane has ________ knowledge about this subject. I think she should ask her teacher for further information.
A. little B. few C. a little D. a few
25. In my country, it rains ________ in summer.
A. a lot B. a lot of C. many D. Some
26. How ________ did this laptop cost last week?
A. many B. some C. any D. Much
27. They didn’t have ________ fun at the party.
A. a lot B. few C. much D. little
28. You can take ________ bus. They all go to the city center.
A. a B. some C. many D. any
29. There aren’t ________ tourists here due to the pandemic.
A. much B. many C. some D. few
30. A lot of people ________ fast nowadays.
A. drive B. drives C. driving D. Drove
31. Today, subjects like music and arts are put into the school ________ in Viet Nam.
A. curriculum B. education C. school year D. subjects
32. Robert does not have Peter does.
A. money more than B. as many money as
C. more money as D. as much money as
33. For many people, a good knowledge of music and arts is regarded as a ________ for every student.
A. inneeds B. necessity C. necessary D. need
34. Last year, Matt earned ________ his brother.
A. twice as much as B. twice as many as
C. twice more than D. twice as more as
35. Arts are of great ________ in education, especially for young children.
A. unimportant B. unimportance C. importantly D. importance
36. When I was young, I ________ be very thin.
A. used to B. use to C. am used to D. got used to
37. I ________ the dishes after meals.
A. am wash usually B. usually wash
C. usually washes D. wash usually
38. They ________ really hard-working at school.
39. My brother ________ playing golf now.
A. like B. is like C. is liking D. likes
40. I used to ________ listening to pop music. Now I like country music.
A. enjoying B. enjoys C. enjoy D. enjoyed
1. Crazy Paint art gallery is as good than before. _______
2. Van Mieu are at the back of Thien Quang Tinh well. _______
3. Duong say it is very loud at pop concerts. _______
4. She’s going to visiting the Temple of Literature - the Imperial Academy. _______
5. The singer I likes most is Karen Carpenter. _______
6. They come here to wish the good results for they exams. _______
7. Many tourist come to see the water puppet show. _______
8. It makes I feel free and relaxed after a hard day. _______
9. He began his career as any teacher. _______
10. There will be more tourists who visit this place in the now. _______
Exercise 6. Fill in each blank with the comparative, superlative or (not) as … as of the adjective given in
brackets.
The New Orleans Carnival is (1. not/ big) _______ the carnival in Rio de Janeiro, but it
is (2. famous) _______ carnival in the USA. It is (3. colorful) _______ the carnival in Rio de Janeiro and it
is (4. exciting) _______ event in New Orleans every year. The weather in New Orleans is (5. not/
good) _______ that in Rio de Janeiro, but people are (6. friendly) _______. The carnival season lasts for two
weeks but (7. busy) _______ time is the last five days. The carnival is (8. big)
_______and (9. exciting) _______ than ever during these five days. It is (10. good) _______ time to visit New
Orleans!
Exercise 7. Fill in the blanks with the suitable words in the box.
comes after put famous noodles
Bun Cha
Pho might be Viet Nam’s most (1) _______ dish but bun cha is the top choice when it (2) _______ to
lunchtime in the capital.
You’ll find bun cha — a Ha Noi specialty at food stalls across Ha Noi. Just look for the clouds of meaty
smoke (3) _______ 11 a.m when street-side restaurants start grilling up small round flat slides of seasoned
pork over a charcoal fire. The pork is (4) _______ in a mixture of spices before they are grilled. Once they’re
well-grilled and crispy, they are served with a large bowl of a sweetish fish sauce broth, a basket of herbs and a
small amount of cold rice (5) _______. Dip everything in the broth and enjoy!
Exercise 8. Fill in each blank with a suitable word in the box.
However made best was much
leaving wrote lived in the
One of the first novels in the history of literature (1) _______ written in England in 1719. It was
Robinson Crusoe by Daniel Defoe. Daniel Defoe was born (2) _______ London in the family of a rich man.
When Daniel was a schoolboy, he began to write stories. After (3) _______ school, he worked in his father's
shop and (4) _______ articles for newspapers. Defoe visited many countries and met many people. That helped
him (5) _______ in his writings.
In 1719, when Defoe was sixty years old, he wrote the novel Robinson Crusoe which (6) _______ him
famous. Defoe used in his book a true story about a sailor who (7) _______ on an island for four years.
Robinson Crusoe, in Defoe's novel, lived on an island for twenty-eight years. People liked ( 8) _______ novel
in England and in many other countries, Daniel Defoe wrote other books. (9) _______, his novel Robinson
Crusoe was the (10) _______ famous. Defoe was not a rich man when he died in 1731.
Exercise 9. Read the passage and circle the best options.
The 25th meeting of the FAO Committee on Fisheries (COFI) that will take place in February 2003 comes
at a (1) _______ time in the quest for sustainable fisheries. Meeting in Johannesburg at the World Summit on
Sustainable Development in 2002, world leaders ( ) _______ the vital role of marine fisheries to economic and
food security and to biodiversity in general. Leaders established a number of fisheries commitments for the
world community, (3) _______ a call “to maintain or restore stocks to levels that can produce maximum
sustainable (4) _______ with the aim of achieving these goals for depleted stocks on an urgent basis and where
possible not later than 2015.”
The mission of FAO in the field of fisheries is to (5) _______ and secure the long-term sustainable
development and utilization of the world’s fisheries and aquaculture. Many of the issues (6) _______ the
agenda for the 2003 COFI meeting will contribute directly to the goal of restoring depleted fish stocks and to
(7) _______ other commitments.
If we are to fulfill these commitments, we must take (8) _______ actions and set clear priorities. The most
recent FAO statistics indicate that over 70 percent of fisheries are (9) _______ overfished or are fished at their
maximum capacity. In coming years, production from many key fisheries will likely decline. Demand for
fisheries products, (10) _______, will continue to increase. The prospect of this growing shortfall poses our
greatest fisheries challenge today.
1. A. busy B. critical C. serious D. fine
2. A. declared B. claimed C. accepted D. acknowledged
3. A. giving B. making C. including D. containing
4. A. volume B. quantity C. amount D. yield
5. A. aid B. meet C. provide D. facilitate
6. A. on B. with C. in D. for
7. A. advancement B. advancing C. advanced D. advance
8. A. determined B. concentrated C. concerted D. focused
9. A. both B. or C. either D. neither
10. A. however B. consequently C. so D. therefore
Exercise 10. Read the passage, and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F)
UNESCO has recognized the 82 Doctors’ stone tablets as a Memory of the World. They are inscribed with
the names of 2,313 doctorate holders who passed the royal examinations between 1442 and 1780. The stone
tablets, which bear the name of Trang Nguyen, Bang Nhan, Tham Hoa, and Hoang Giap (the first, second,
third, and fourth winning categories of the royal examinations), sit on the backs of stone turtles.
These stone tablets are different from those in other Asian countries, including China which has
influenced Viet Nam feudal education. The decoration on Viet Nam’s stone tablets were more diverse.
By naming Viet Nam’s stone tablets as a Memory of the World, UNESCO acknowledges Viet Nam’s
effort to preserve and promote heritages to the international community. The recognition would also help to
raise the awareness in heritage preservation.
True False
1. UNESCO has recognized the 82 Doctors’ stone tablets as the World Heritage.
2. The stone tablets are inscribed with the names of more than 2,300 Doctors
who passed the royal examinations throughout its history.
3. The stone tablets in the Temple of Literature in Ha Noi unique because they
are different from those in other Asian countries.
4. Viet Nam has made a lot of effort to preserve and promote its heritage.
5. The recognition of UNESCO helps to make people more aware of the need for
heritage preservation.
1. is / Nam / interested / computer / in / games.
_________________________________________________________________________
2. His / is / toy / cars. / hobby / collecting
_________________________________________________________________________
3. about / How / going / the / to / cinema?
_________________________________________________________________________
4. I / listen / to / rarely / opera / home. / at
_________________________________________________________________________
5. good / It’s / for / to / do / physical / you / exercises.
_________________________________________________________________________
6. He / his / teaching / continued / career / and / books. / wrote
_________________________________________________________________________
7. Oxford University / is / one / of / considered / the / universities / best / in / the / UK.
_________________________________________________________________________
8. It's / a / idea / eat / good / different / of / fruit / and / every day. / to / kinds / vegetables
_________________________________________________________________________
9. Eating / fruit / is / much / for you / a glass / fruit / juice. / fresh / better / than / of
_________________________________________________________________________
10. Viet Nam, / In / the Dan Bau / a / musical / instrument. / is / traditional
_________________________________________________________________________
1. It took him three hours to make this pottery jug. (spent)
_________________________________________________________________________
2. My house is the oldest house on the street. (No)
_________________________________________________________________________
3. Doing physical exercises is good for you. (to do)
_________________________________________________________________________
4. Let’s walk to work. (about)
_________________________________________________________________________
5. My best friend is a big fan of K-Pop music. (fond)
_________________________________________________________________________
6. My house is small and old. Your house is spacious and modem. (different from)
_________________________________________________________________________
7. Tim is better at English than Susan. (as)
_________________________________________________________________________
8. Listening to music gives him pleasure. (enjoys)
_________________________________________________________________________
9. He usually stayed up late to watch football matches last year, but now he doesn’t. (used)
_________________________________________________________________________
10. The market does not have any carrots. (There)
_________________________________________________________________________
Exercise 13. Write a description of your favourite Vietnamese food.
You should use the cues given:
🗶 Name of the food
🗶 Its ingredients
🗶 The way to cook/make it
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
st
1 TERM TEST
1. A. result B. unusual C. uncle D. difficult
2. A. piano B. fish C. like D. badminton
3. A. rest B. help C. garden D. identify
4. A. game B. arrange C. skate D. cake
5. A. over B. doll C. collect D. hobby
6. A. chair B. child C. cheese D. architect
7. A. stopped B. carried C. looked D. watched
8. A. takes B. ignores C. photographs D. trunks
9. A. elephants B. beaks C. eyes D. trips
10. A. bowls B. eggs C. sausages D. hamburgers
Exercise 2. Find the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. under B. behind C. comer D. tutor
2. A. ordinal B. calendar C. bicycle D. tomorrow
3. A. vehicle B. attentive C. grandmother D. happiness
4. A. birthday B. journey C. correct D. cupboard
5. A. secret B. dessert C. worried D. mirror
6. A. affair B. stressful C. normal D. honest
7. A. loyal B. jealous C. pretty D. confuse
8. A. relaxing B. excited C. faithfully D. delighted
9. A. suggest B. manage C. open D. follow
10. A. suppose B. silent C. remain D. explain
Exercise 3. Choose the word that doesn’t belong to the group.
1. A. well B. gate C. happy D. pavilion
2. A. tent B. church C. umbrella D. compass
3. A. pagoda B. temple C. shrine D. study
4. A. garage B. bathroom C. hall D. convenience
5. A. left B. cathedral C. square D. church
6. A. walk B. crowded C. exciting D. famous
7. A. sandy B. square C. palace D. pagoda
8. A. faraway B. historic C. incredibly D. inconvenient
9. A. nose B. mouth C. leg D. left
10. A. backyard B. busy C. sink D. table
1. Daisy and her family love (go) ________ to the park in the summer.
2. Her mum likes (lie) _____ on the blanket and loves (read) _____ her favorite magazines.
3. It is very hot outside. Please (wear) ________ a sun hat when you go out.
4. Getting plenty of rest is very good. It (help) ________ you to avoid depression.
5. I (see) ________ you at the party last night.
6. I (invite) ______ them to my birthday party yesterday, however, they (not come) ______.
7. The children (be) ________ very happy on their trip to Da Nang.
8. My hobby carving eggshells and now I (carve) ________ nearly 100.
9. Jane (put) ________ the pen on the table.
10. They (live) ________ here two years ago.
Exercise 5. Underline the correct words in the sentences.
1. There isn’t any / no butter in my sandwich.
2. Can I have some / any water, please?
3. Would you like no / some sugar in your coffee?
4. You can call me some / any time you like.
5. There aren’t no / any children in the park.
6. A: Do you drink much / many tea?
B: No, but I drink any / a lot of coffee.
7. A: Do you eat much / many vegetables?
B: Yes, I eat much / many potatoes every day. I always have some for lunch.
8. A: Do you buy much / many meat?
B: Yes, on Saturdays, I always buy a lot of / any meat at the market. I don’t buy any in the supermarket.
9. A: How much / many tomatoes do you usually put in a salad?
B: Not much /many - Just one or two.
10. A: How many / much money do you spend on food every week?
B: Not much / many because I live on my own.
Exercise 6. Complete the text with the verbs in the box.
starts go walks gets opens works
finishes arrive goes watches get
have lives needs plays practice
Leo doesn’t have a very normal routine. He (0) works in a nightclub, where he (1) ________ the piano
in a jazz band. The club (2) ________ at 11.00 at night, but the members of the band usually (3) ________
there at 9.00 and they (4) ________ for a couple of hours. The first customers (5) ________ at about 11.15 and
the show (6) ________ at midnight. It (7) ________ at 5.00 in the morning. Then Leo and his friends (8)
________ something to eat, before they (9) ________ home. Leo (10) ________ quite close to the club, so he
(11) ________ home. He (12) ________ to bed at 8.00, but he only (13) ________ about four hours of sleep,
so he (14) ________ up at midday. In the afternoon, he (15) ________ TV or he goes out.
Exercise 7. Choose the best answers.
1. We should brush _________ teeth twice a day.
A. he B. us C. we D. our
2. John and Jim are twins. _________ house is very big.
A. Their B. They C. You D. Them
3. Jack is _________ Daniel in my team.
A. less helpful than B. more helpful
C. as helpful D. the most helpful
4. The _________ it is, the _________ I get.
A. dark / cold B. darker / coldest
C. darker / colder D. darkest / coldest
5. I am the _________ in my family.
A. short B. shorter C. shortest as D. shortest
6. I _________ dinner for my family after school.
7. They _________ really friendly.
8. Our grandfather _________ us to school.
9. She _________ hard to be an excellent student.
10. Bob _________ volleyball with his friends in the afternoon.
11. I _________ them at the airport last week.
12. Hannah _________ me about her trip when we _________ at school.
A. telled - were B. told - be C. told - were D. told – are
13. _________ you get lots of presents on your birthday last week?
14. Where _________ you yesterday morning?
15. My best friend _________ a lovely dress at the party last night.
A. wears B. weared C. worn D. wore
16. They _________ some new books yesterday.
A. buy B. buyed C. bought D. was buyed
17. _________ each of your aunts want to buy a new house?
A. Does B. Do C. Am D. Is
18. Neither of the members _________ tired after doing aerobics every day.
A. feels B. feel C. to feel D. feeling
19. The injured _________ just recovered.
A. has B. have C. having D. to have
20. Amy as well as her mother _________ tidying the house at 8 o’clock this morning.
A. was B. were C. do D. does
21. Rose likes music. She often _________ to music in late evenings.
A. listen B. listening C. listens D. to listens
22. I enjoy _________ football after school.
A. doing B. playing C. seeing D. going
23. Mimi has a large _________ of stamps.
A. collect B. collection C. collecting D. collections
24. How _________ do you go to the library after school?
A. often B. much C. many D. usually
25. He is a(n) _________. He doesn't have a habit of eating meat.
A. patient B. expert C. vegetarian D. adult
26. Jenny usually eats some sweet cakes before going to sleep, so she may put _________ weight if she
continues to do that.
A. in B. up C. on D. into
27. Watching too much television is not good _________ you or your eyes.
A. with B. to C. at D. for
28. When you have the flu, you may have a cough and a _________ nose.
A. runny B. running C. flowing D. noisy
29. We came to the remote village and _________ meals for homeless children.
30. You should think of _________ the volunteer activities in your community.
31. Traditional volunteer activities include _________ money for people in need, cooking and giving food.
32. You can help young children by _________ them to do homework before or after school.
33. This river is _________ that one.
A. as length as B. the same length as
C. like length D. as deep as
34. James is _________ my older brother, but he looks young.
A. the same age of B. as old
C. the same age as D. so old as
35. You can see many interesting _________ in that art gallery.
A. paints B. colours C. portraits D. paper
36. The ring is _________ that one. How much does it cost?
A. as expensive B. so expensive as
C. as expensive as D. as expensively as
37. Before taking spring rolls into a pan, you should _________ it and _________ some cooking oil.
A. add - pour B. heat - add C. add - heat D. pour – add
38. Her favourite food is _________. It is a kind of ocean fish.
A. tuna B. sausage C. ham D. sauce
39. Many young men were _________ for the dedication to the country in the Imperial Academy.
A. renamed B. educated C. ranked D. grown
40. Many famous scholars in Viet Nam’s history were graduated _________ the Imperial Academy.
A. in B. to C. at D. from
Exercise 8. Underline the correct preposition to complete the sentences.
1. What will you do on / in Monday?
2. It is often rainy at / in autumn.
3. What did you do in / at the afternoon?
4. I often get up on / at 7 o’clock.
5. Flowers are beautiful at / in spring.
6. I watched a new film on / at midnight.
7. My brother’s birthday is at / on 16th December.
8. Sam watched a football match on TV on / in the evening.
9. Do you get presents on / in Christmas Day?
10. We had lunch at / on noon.
11. My father was bom on / in 1970.
12. It is very cold at / in winter.
13. Will you go to the club on / in Friday morning?
14. What did you do at / in Easter?
15. We’ll go on a picnic in / on Saturday.
1. Tuan finds playing table tennis interest because he plays it with his best friend.
___________________________________________________________________
2. My brother doesn’t likes ice-skating because he thinks it is dangerous.
___________________________________________________________________
3. A good laugh and an long sleep are the best cures.
___________________________________________________________________
4. Hygiene are two-thirds of health.
___________________________________________________________________
5. I like to do volunteer work because I can meet new peoples.
___________________________________________________________________
6. She was late because it were raining heavily.
___________________________________________________________________
7. Khanh is a gooder painter than Giang.
___________________________________________________________________
8. Her book is different as mine.
___________________________________________________________________
9. They have bread or noodles for breakfast, and rices for lunch and dinner.
___________________________________________________________________
10. He bought a few books and then leaved for home.
___________________________________________________________________
Exercise 10. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits each blank space in the
following passage.
It's important to (1) ________ well, especially when you are studying. If you are at primary (2) ________,
you may not go home for lunch and have a cooked meal of meat or (3) ________ and vegetables. A chicken
and lettuce sandwich, with some (4) ________ fruit would be a light but (5) ________ lunch. Many people
around the world eat plain, boiled (6) ________ two or three times a day.
Pupils and students often don't eat (7) ________ when they're revising for an exam - they eat chocolate and (8)
________ lots of black coffee! And by the way, doctors say everybody should start the day with healthy (9)
________. It's also good for you to drink a lot of (10) ________ through the day.
Exercise 11. Put a word from the box in each gap to complete the following passage.
Nem Ran or Cha Gio (Fried Spring Roll)
This (1) ________ is called Nem Ran by northerners and Cha Gio by southerners. In Ha Noi, the (2)
________ of Nem Ran dates back to a time (3) ________ Cha Ca had not existed. Although it ranks among
Vietnam's specialty dishes, Nem Ran is very (4) ________ to prepare. Consequently, it has long been a
preferred food on (5) ________ occasions such as Tet and other family festivities.
Ingredients used (6) ________ Nem Ran comprise of lean minced pork, see crabs or unshelled shrimps,
two kinds of edible mushroom (Nam Huong and Moc Nhi), (7) ________ onion, duck egg, pepper, salt and
different (8) ________ of seasoning. All are (9) ________ thoroughly before being wrapped with transparent
rice paper into small rolls. These rolls (10) ________ then fried in boiling oil.
Exercise 12. Read the conversation and circle the correct answers.
Tom: Hi Jack, I’m doing a survey on teenagers’ hobbies. Can I ask you a few questions?
Jack: Yes, go ahead.
Tom: Thanks. What do you often do in your leisure time?
Jack: Well, it’s actually not a popular type of hobbies, but in my free time I like doing origami.
Tom: You mean creating things from paper?
Jack: Yes. That’s exactly what I do - folding paper!
Tom: How long have you been doing it?
Jack: Well, it all started two years ago on my trip to Japan. I watched some origami artists folding some paper
animals and I liked it.
Tom: What do you enjoy about it?
Jack: It’s easy, inexpensive and great to share with others.
Tom: What do you do with the stuff you made?
Jack: I give some to my friends as birthday gifts, and sell some to get money.
1. What is the interview about?
A. a teenager’s hobby B. how to make origami C. a birthday present
2. What is Jack’s hobby?
A. creating paper B. folding paper C. recycling paper
3. How long has he had his hobby?
A. for two weeks B. for two months C. for two years
4. What does Jack say about his hobby?
A. It’s difficult. B. It’s expensive. C. It’s cheap
5. Which among these that Jack doesn’t do with the things he made
A. give them to his friends B. keep them in a box C. sell them
1. There are no bottles on the shelf. (aren’t)
______________________________________________________________________
2. We have no time to prepare the speech. (any)
______________________________________________________________________
3. She is more beautiful than her younger sister. (as)
______________________________________________________________________
4. They have studied English since 2004. (begin)
______________________________________________________________________
5. I don’t have time to collect stamps as when I was in primary school. (used)
______________________________________________________________________
6. Did you often go to the beach when you lived in Nha Trang? (use)
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
8. You’re the best guitarist in the school. (No one)
______________________________________________________________________
9. He finished his essay in two hours. (took)
______________________________________________________________________
10. Jakarta doesn’t have as many skyscrapers as Shanghai. (more)
______________________________________________________________________
11. To me, painting and drawing are the same. (different)
______________________________________________________________________
12. We watched the same film tonight and last night. (same)
______________________________________________________________________
13. I can’t tell the difference between his drawing and hers. (similar)
______________________________________________________________________
14. The exhibition is not very busy today compared to yesterday. (as)
______________________________________________________________________
15. The graffiti is much more complicated than I thought. (not)
______________________________________________________________________
Exercise 14. Reorder the words to make sentences.
1. Why / you / take / jogging? / don't / up
______________________________________________________________________
2. Eat / live, / not / to / eat. / to / live
______________________________________________________________________
3. They / English /choose / learn / because / it / bring / opportunities. / them / may / to
______________________________________________________________________
4. I / everybody / do / work. / believe / should / volunteer
______________________________________________________________________
5. Art / improves / life / skills. / education / students'
______________________________________________________________________
6. Students / are / more attentive / than those / who do not. / who study arts / at school
______________________________________________________________________
7. What / do / usually / breakfast? I time / have / they
______________________________________________________________________
8. The school / a parking lot / for / keeping / and / students’ bikes. / has / in the backyard / teachers’ motorbikes
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
9. Go along I that street, / is / the next comer. / the food shop / and / at
______________________________________________________________________
10. Last year, / participated in / for / street children. / Phuc / raising funds
______________________________________________________________________
Exercise 15. Write a paragraph about a historical site you have visited.
✔ The name of the site
✔ Where it is/was
✔ When it was constructed/established
✔ Its significance in the history
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
www.tailieugiaoduc.net Kho tài liệu miễn phí cho mọi người
BÀI TẬP BỘ TRỢ

TIẾNG ANH 7
GLOBAL SUCCESS
UNIT 1. HOBBIES
A. VOCABULARY
Part of
speech
1 Arrange v /əˈreɪnʤ/ Sắp xếp, sắp đặt, cắm
2 Benefit n /ˈbenɪfɪt/ Lợi ích
3 Bird-watching v /bɜːd-ˈwɒʧɪŋ/ Ngắm chim
4 Board games n /bɔːd geɪmz/ Trò chơi trên bàn cờ
5 Bored (with) adj /bɔːd (wɪð)/ Chán (cái gì)
6 Bug n /bʌg/ Con bọ
7 Carve v /kɑːrv/ Điêu khắc
8 Cheap adj /ʧiːp/ Rẻ
9 Clay n /kleɪ/ Đất sét
/ˈkɒlɑːʒ/ Một bức tranh tạo thành từ nhiều
10 Collage n
tranh, ảnh nhỏ
11 Collect v /kəˈlɛkt/ Sưu tập, thu thập
12 Competition n /ˌkɒmpɪˈtɪʃən/ Cuộc thi
13 Cost v /kɒst/ Tốn (tiền), có giá
14 Decorate v /ˈdekəreɪt/ Trang trí
15 Defeat v /dɪˈfiːt/ Đánh bại
16 Display v, n /dɪˈspleɪ/ Trưng bày, sự trưng bày
17 Foreign adj /ˈfɒrən/ Nước ngoài
18 Game (against) n geɪm (əˈgeinst) Trận đấu (để đấu lại ai)
19 Glue n /ɡluː/ Keo dán, hồ dán
20 Good (at) adj /ɡʊd/ Giỏi (về)
21 Interest n /ˈɪntrəst/ Sở thích
22 Lyric n /ˈlɪrɪk/ Lời bài hát
23 Melody n /ˈmelədi/ Giai điệu
24 Model n /ˈmɒdl/ Mô hình
25 Nature n /ˈneɪtʃə(r)/ Tự nhiên, thiên nhiên
26 Opponent n /əˈpəʊnənt/ Đối thủ
27 Patient adj /ˈpeɪʃnt/ Kiên nhẫn
29 Present n /ˈpreznt/ Món quà
30 Pursue v /pəˈsjuː/ Theo đuổi
31 Receive v /rɪˈsiːv/ Nhận
32 Save = protect v /seɪv = prəˈtekt/ Bảo vệ
33 Set v /set/ (Mặt trời) lặn
34 Sew v /səʊ/ May vá
35 Stress n /stres/ Sự căng thẳng
36 Surf (the Internet) v /sɜːf (ði ˈɪntəˌnet)/ Lướt (mạng)
37 Unique adj /juˈniːk/ Độc đáo
38 Usual adj /ˈjuːʒuəl/ Bình thường
39 Valuable adj /ˈvæljuəbl/ Quý giá
40 Wood n /wʊd/ Gỗ
B. PRONUNCIATION
Nguyên âm đơn dài e (prefer), ea (learn), i (first), u (nurse), o (word), ou (journey)
/ɜː/
Nguyên âm đơn ngắn a (about), e (open), o (compare), u (future), ou (famous)
/ə/
C. GRAMMAR
I. The present simple (Thì hiện tại đơn)
Động từ thường Động từ “to be”
Câu S + Vs/es S + am/ is/ are + N/ adj/ prep
khẳng định E.g: He watches TV every day. E.g: My mother is a teacher
Câu S + do/ does not + V-inf S + am/ is/ are not + N/ adj/ prep
phủ định E.g: I don ’t like cakes. E.g: I’m not a student.
Do/ Does + S + V-inf? Am/ Is/ Are + S + N/adj/prep?
(+) Yes, S + do / does. (+) Yes, S + is / am / are.
Câu
(-) No, s + don’t / doesn’t. (-) No, S + is / am / are + not.
nghi vấn
E.g: Do you like playing chess? E.g: Are you sure?
- No, I don ’t. - Yes, I am.
Diễn tả sự thật, chân lý hiển nhiên E.g: The sun rises in the East.
Diễn tả sở thích, thói quen E.g: I often get up at six o ’clock.
Diễn tả cảm xúc, cảm giác E.g: She likes singing.
Diễn tả sự di chuyển có lịch trình E.g: The plane takes off in 5 minutes.
3. Add s/es to the verbs (Quy tắc thêm đuôi s/es vào sau động từ)
Động từ tận cùng là o, s, x, z, ch, sh, ss 🡪 thêm -es E.g: wash 🡪 washes
Động từ tận cùng là phụ âm + y, bỏ -y 🡪 thêm -ies E.g: carry 🡪 carries
Các động từ còn lại 🡪 thêm s E.g: learn 🡪 learns
Các động từ đặc biệt E.g: have 🡪 has
4. Spelling rules (Quy tắc phát âm đuôi s/es)
Phát âm là Từ có tận cùng là các phụ âm /f/, /t/, /k/, /p/, /ð/ (thường E.g: walks /wɔ:ks/
/s/ có tận cùng là các chữ cái gh, th, ph, k, f, t, p)
Phát âm là Từ có tận cùng là các âm /s/, /z/, /ʃ/, /tʃ/, /ʒ/, /dʒ/ (thường E.g: boxes /'bɒksiz/
/iz/ có tận cùng là các chữ cái x, z, s, ss, sh, ch, ce, ges)
Phát âm là E.g: chickens /'tfikinz/
/z/ Các trường hợp còn lại (b, d, g, l, m, n, ng, r, v, y, ...)
* Lưu ý: cách phát âm phải dựa vào phiên âm quốc tế, không dựa vào cách viết.
💧 Every + khoảng thời gian (every day/ week/ month/ year, ...)
💧 Once/ twice/ three times/ four times + a/per + khoảng thời gian (once a day/ week/ month/ year, ...)
💧 In the + buổi trong ngày (in the morning, ...)
💧 Trạng từ chỉ tần suất:

+ Đứng trước động từ chính
E.g: I often play soccer. (Tôi thường chơi hóng đá.)
+ Ngoại lệ: Đứng sau to be (am/ is/ are) trong thì hiện tại tiếp diễn
E.g: She is always late. (Cô ta cứ đến muộn mãi.)
100% Always Luôn luôn, lúc nào cũng, suốt, hoài
90% Usually Thường xuyên
80% Generally Thông thường, theo lệ
70% Often Thường
50% Sometimes Thỉnh thoảng
30% Occasionally Thỉnh thoảng, đôi khi
10% Hardly ever Hầu như, hiếm khi
5% Rarely Hiếm khi, ít khi
0% Never Không bao giờ
II. Expressing liking & disliking (Diễn đạt sự yêu thích / không yêu thích)
Liking Disliking
Adjectives be fond of be disgusted with
be keen on
be interested in
be into
be addicted to
be fascinated by
be crazy about
be mad about
Nouns big fan of hate for
passion for hatred for
Verbs adore can't bear
enjoy can't put up with
fancy can't stand
like (Ving/ to V) can't tolerate
love (Ving/ to V) detest
prefer (Ving/ to V) dislike
* prefer Ving to Ving hate (Ving/ to V)
loathe
mind
Examples - Lucy adores collecting stamps.  We dislike doing exercises every
- I am keen on playing the violin. morning.
He hates playing table tennis.
D. PRACTICE
PART 1. PHONETICS
1. A. bird B. girl C. first D. sister
2. A. burn B. sun C. hurt D. turn
3. A. nurse B. picture C. surf D. return
4. A. neighbor B. favorite C. culture D. tourist
5. A. hobby B. hour C. hotel D. hot
1. A. arrange B. foreign C. lyric D. model
2. A. collect B. defeat C. nature D. unique
3. A. receive B. perceive C. present D. arrange
4. A. decorate B. melody C. valuable D. opponent
5. A. protect B. photo C. patient D. nature
I. VOCABULARY
nature competition cheap bird-watching wood
carve decorate bug present photo
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. A. reporter B. collector C. gardener D. newspaper
2. A. stamp B. album C. collector D. mountain
3. A. skating B. climbing C. gardening D. horse-riding
4. A. hate B. enjoy C. love D. like
5. A. unusual B. favourite C. popular D. common
6. A. cycling B. cooking C. night D. gardening
7. A. play B. swim C. collect D. stamps
8. A. horse-riding B. challenging C. bird-watching D. mountain-climbing
9. A. pet B. write C. walk D. eat
10. A. pottery B.cook C. flower D. wood
A B
1. D-O-R-B-E
🡪 a. to get and keep things of one type such as stamps or coins as a hobby
2. A-R-V-C-E
b. the words of a song, especially a pop song
🡪
3. E-C-A-H-P c. a picture that is made by using a camera that stores images in digital form or
🡪 that has a film sensitive to light inside it
4. L-C-E-T-O-L-C d. feeling tired and impatient because you have lost interest in somebody/
🡪 something or because you have nothing to do
5. T-O-S-C e. pressure or worry caused by the problems in somebody's life
🡪
6. T-E-F-A-E-D f. something that you are given, without asking for it, on a special occasion,
🡪 especially to show friendship, or to say thank you
7. I-L-Y-R-C g. to make objects, patterns, etc. by cutting away material from a piece of
🡪 wood or stone, or another hard material
8. H-O-P-O-T h. the amount of money needed to buy, do, or make something
🡪
9. T-P-E-R-E-N-S i. to win against someone in a fight, war, or competition
🡪
10. S-S-T-E-R-S k. costing little money or less money than you expected
🡪
II. GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Write the correct 3rd person singular verb form.
1. eat ___________ 11. see ___________
2. do ___________ 12. wake ___________
3. study ___________ 13. take ___________
4. watch ___________ 14. teach ___________
5. drink ___________ 15. brush ___________
6. read ___________ 16. lose ___________
7. make ___________ 17. kiss ___________
8. learn ___________ 18. catch ___________
9. tidy ___________ 19. swim ___________
10. play ___________ 20. carry ___________
Exercise 2. Complete the sentences using Present Simple.
1. My sister (go) _________ to school from Monday to Friday.
2. My hair (be) _________ short and black.
3. Mary (tidy) _________ her room every morning.
4. Jack and Jill (not speak) _________ Vietnamese well.
5. My younger sister (not be) _________ fond of seafood.
6. John (not get) _________ up early on Sundays.
7. _________ (Anna / have) milk for breakfast?
8. What _________ (you / do / usually) in your free time?
9. _________ (they / wear) uniforms every school day?
10. What time _________ (his school / start)?
Exercise 3. Turn the following sentences into positive, negative and interrogative.
1. (+) I like collecting glass bottles.
(-)
(?)
2. (+)
(-) She doesn't like taking photos.
(?)
3. (+) My sister enjoys going to the cinema with her friends.
(-)
(?)
4. (+) My sister's hobby is arranging flowers.
(-)
(?)
5. (+) Anna and Hoa love collecting toy bears.
(-)
(?)
6. (+) Listening to music in my free time is my favourite hobby.
(-)
(?)
7. (+) We go fishing at weekends.
(-)
(?)
8. (+)
(-) My favourite hobby isn’t watching the goldfish in the tank.
(?)
9. (+)
(-) My family and I don’t watch TV every evening.
(?)
10. (+)
(-)
(?) Does John love being outdoors and discovering nature?
Exercise 4. Match the verbs in column A with the suitable nouns/ noun phrases in column B.
A B
1. collect A. television
2. take B. books
3. do C. stamps
4. watch D. pop music
5. play E. wood
6. go F. pottery
7. listen to G. photos
8. make H. the piano
9. read I. sightseeing
10. carve J. housework
1. Sally and her family love (go) _________ to the park in the summer.
2. Her mum likes (lie) _________ on the blanket and loves (read) _________ her favourite magazines.
3. Anna’s family (like) _________ the park because they love (be) _________ outdoors.
4. I enjoy (collect) _________ dolls and it becomes my pleasure.
5. We love (watch) _________ new films, and we (go) _________ to watch a new Hollywood film next
weekend.
6. My brother hates (do) _________ the same things day after day.
7. Our uncle (play) _________ badminton once a week.
8. I (collect) _________ a lot of stamps from foreign countries so far.
9. In 2100, people (travel) _________ in flying cars.
10. “I’m so hungry, Mum.” - “I (make) _________ you some sandwiches.”
Exercise 6. Put the verb in the parentheses into correct tenses.
1. The sun always _________ (rise) in the east.
2. In my country, it _________ (not, rain) much in winter.
3. The moon(move) around the earth.
4. Mai _________ (be) very happy because she has 3 good marks today.
5. I like _________ (play) tennis.
6. My brother _________ (enjoy) playing football. He usually _________ (play) football every afternoon.
7. My brothers _________ (be, not) engineers.
8. Well, he is 40 years old, bald with a moustache. He _________ (have) large ears and he _________ (wear)
glasses.
9. They _________ (have, not) any money.
10. Hoa _________ (visit) her parents once a year.
Exercise 7. Choose the correct answer in each sentence.
1. Are you interested for/ in photography?
2. This is my best/ favourite book. It’s David Copperfield, by Dickens.
3. I’ve decided to make/ join the local swimming club.
4. Kate usual ly passes/ spends most of her time reading.
5. Tim has a very interesting fun/ hobby. He builds small boats.
6. What do you like doing in your empty/ spare time?
7. Wendy is a member/ team of the drama club.
8. Anna likes going to the cinema/ cinema.
9. John's hobby is collecting stamps. He is a stamp collect/ collector.
10. Hannah is very creative/ create and she paints very well.
Exercise 8. Complete the passages with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
Peter
Peter is playing the piano. He (1. play) _________ the piano every Monday, Wednesday and Friday.
He (2. often, play) _________ the piano for his girlfriend. His girlfriend’s name is Amanda. She
loves (3. watch) _________ Peter play. He plays classical music and sometimes he sings to her. He’s very
romantic. Peter (4. be) _________ a talented piano player. His dream (5. be) _________ to quit his job and
make a living by playing the piano while traveling around the world.
Samantha
Samantha is jogging. She (6. often, run) _________ in marathons. She (7. usually, run) _________ in
the morning, but she occasionally runs after work. She (8. never, run) _________ outside in the winter.
She (9. always, run) _________ inside because she can’t stand cold weather and she’s afraid that she will slip
and fall on the ice. Samantha (10. want) _________ to run in marathons all over the world.
1. Nowadays people _________ hours sitting in front of computers.
A. spend B. last C. set D. take
2. My uncle usually _________ a lot of beautiful photos.
A. take B. takes C. to take D. taking
3. My family enjoys _________ because we can sell vegetables and flowers _________ money.
A. garden – to B. gardening – for
C. gardening - with D. garden - of
4. If your hobby is greeting card making, you can give your _________ as to your friends presents.
A. hobby B. money C. greetings D. products
5. My sister’s hobby is sewing, and she can get the sewing patterns from the _________ magazines.
A. fashion B. cooking C. sports D. science
6. My brother doesn’t like ice-skating because he thinks it is _________.
A. danger B. in danger C. dangerous D. endangered
7. My sister is very keen on swimming, and she goes swimming three _________ a week.
A. time B. a time C. times D. timings
8. I think collecting old bowls _________ a very boring hobby.
A. am B. is C. are D. be
9. I like _________ books because it widens my knowledge.
A. read B. reads C. to reading D. reading
10. Model making is a _________ way of spending time.
A. wonder B. wonderful C. wondering D. wondered
11. There are many _________ why it is important to have a hobby.
A. answers B. reasons C. details D. facts
12. Will you _________ making models in the future?
A. pick up B. look for C. take up D. find
13. Do you think that hobby is and boring?
A. easy B. difficult C. danger D. interesting
14. My brother usually _________ fishing in his free time.
A. go B. to go C. goes D. going
15. We _________ roller skating because it's dangerous.
A. don't like B. not like C. don’t likes D. doesn’t like
16. I join a photography club, and all members love _________ a lot of beautiful photos.
A. take B. taking C. make D. making
17. What does your father do _________ his free time?
A. in B. at C. on D. while
18. I think a hobby will always give you _________ and help you _________.
A. pleased - relax B. pleasure – relaxed
C. pleased - relaxing D. pleasure – relax
19. You can share your stamps _________ other collectors _________ a stamp club.
A. with-at B. to-at C. with-in D. to-in
20. She finds _________ flowers interesting because it helps her relax.
A. arrange B. arranges C. to arrange D. arranging
1. What does your mother does at weekends? ____________
2. When I am free, I often listens to my favourite songs from an old cassette ____________
recorder.
3. My best friend does not goes to class to learn how to sing. ____________
4. She loves music and she likes writting songs. ____________
5. My sister finds arrange flowers interesting. ____________
6. What does your favourite hobby, Anna? ____________
7. My brother have an unusual hobby, carving eggshells. ____________
8. Jim finds bird-watching interest because he can learn about nature. ____________
9. Amy likes makes pottery very much. ____________
10. My brother wants to goes to the amusement park. ____________
1. What does your mother does at weekends?
2. When I am free, I often listens to my favourite songs from an old cassette recorder.
3. My best friend does not goes to class to learn how to sing.
4. She loves music and she likes writting songs.
5. My sister finds arrange flowers interesting.
6. What does your favourite hobby, Anna?
7. My brother have an unusual hobby, carving eggshells.
8. Jim finds bird-watching interest because he can learn about nature.
9. Amy likes makes pottery very much.
10. My brother wants to goes to the amusement park.
III. READING
Exercise 1. Read the dialogue, then fill ill the blanks with suitable words in the box.
are from enjoy climb
show collecting expensive about
Nick: Hi Mi, welcome to our house!
Elena: Come upstairs! I’ll (1) ____________ you my room.
Mi: Wow! You have so many dolls.
Elena: Yes. My hobby is (2) ____________ dolls. Do you have a hobby?
Mi: I like collecting glass bottles.
Elena: Really? That's very unusual. Is it (3) ____________?
Mi: Not at all. I just keep the bottles after we use them. What (4) ____________ doll collecting? Is it
expensive?
Elena: I guess so, but all of my dolls (5) ____________ presents. My aunt and uncle always give me dolls on
special occasions.
Mi: Your dolls are all very different.
Elena: Yes, they're (6) ____________ all over the world!
Nick: I don't know why girls collect things. It's a piece of cake.
Mi: Do you have a difficult hobby, Nick?
Nick: Yes, I (7) ____________ mountain climbing.
Mi: But Nick, there are no mountains around here!
Nick: I know. I'm in a mountain climbing club. We travel to mountains around Viet Nam. In the future, I'll ( 8)
____________ mountains in other countries too.
What do you like doing best (1) ____________ your spare time? My cousin Paul likes going (2)
____________ in the country and (3) ____________ photos. Sometimes he (4) ____________ with his friends,
and they (5) ____________ at the park or at the beach. They always (6) ____________ a good time. His
brother Chris isn’t (7) ____________ on walking. He spends most of the (8) ____________ at home.
1. A. for B. when C. in D. at
2. A. for walks B. walks C. a walk D. to walk
3. A. making B. having C. taking D. doing
4. A. travels B. gets up C. sees D. goes out
5. A. enjoy B. have fun C. hobby D. go
6. A. have B. make C. do D. like
7. A. interested B. out C. decided D. keen
8. A. other B. time C. people D. money
Exercise 3. Read the passage carefully and circle the correct answers.
If you enjoy cycling for pleasure, doing it in London can be a shock. There are not enough lanes,
especially for bikes, and making your way through the traffic can be very risky. But if you have a great
passion, cycling in London can be exciting, and it is an inexpensive way of keeping fit if you live there. Some
cyclists don't mind spending a lot of money on expensive bikes. However, if you just want a basic bike that is
only for occasional use, there are many cheap choices. Several markets have cheap bikes on sale, which may
not be impressive to look at but should be satisfactory. You should buy a cycling helmet if you want to cycle in
London. Wearing a cycling helmet is not compulsory in Britain, but it is a good idea to wear one for
protection.
1. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Cycling helmets B. Cheap bicycles
C. Bicycle markets D. Cycling in London
2. According to the passage, cycling in London is ____________.
A. easy B. difficult C. tiring D. boring
3. The word "it” in bold refers to ____________.
A. cycling B. passion C. excitement D. doing exercise
4. The difficulty of cycling in London is described in lines ____________.
A. 2-3 B. 5 C. 5-6 D. 8-9
5. According to the passage, all of the following are true EXCEPT ____________.
A. It is compulsory to wear a helmet when cycling in Britain.
B. Some bikes in London are cheap.
C. There are not many lanes, especially for bikes.
D. Some cyclists don't want to buy expensive bikes.
VI. WRITING
1. His / flowers. / is / painting / hobby I pictures / of
2. television I your / favorite / What's / program?
3. stamps, / of / my / is / collecting / old / One / hobbies
4. to / my / often / spend / leisure / time / listening / I / the / radio.
5. is / Tom / a / model /railroad / hobbyist.
6. Dave / doesn't / Mary. / enjoy / hanging / with / out
7. getting / hates / up / Tom / in / the / morning. / early
8. Making / model / planes / is/ his / only / hobby.
9. playing / loves / Einstein / the / violin.
10. hobbies. / spend / have / time / to / with / their / families / or / to / their / enjoy / They
Exercise 2. Make up the passage using the words and phrases given.
Stamp collection/ be/ interesting hobby. You/ can learn many things, such/ the geography/ a country/
stamps. Postal stamps/ be a source/ interesting facts/ important dates/ every country/ the world. It/ make stamp
collecting/ become very popular.
As you look at the pages/ a stamp album, you/ can learn interesting details/ foreign customs/ arts/
literature/ history/ culture. Their colors/ can make/ you feel relaxed/ happy.
Collecting stamps/ can become/ a business. If you are lucky/ finding/ special stamp, it/ will bring/ you some
money besides knowledge/ pleasure.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
UNIT 2. HEALTHY LIVING
A. VOCABULARY
Part of
speech
1 Allergy n /ˈælədʒi/ Bệnh dị ứng
2 Advise (to V] v /ədˈvaɪz/ Khuyên bảo
3 Affect v /əˈfekt/ Ảnh hưởng
4 Amount (of) n /əˈmaʊnt/ Lượng (danh từ không đếm được)
5 Avoid v /əˈvɔɪd/ Tránh
6 Adult n /ˈædʌlt/ Người lớn
7 Backache n /ˈbækeɪk/ Bệnh đau lưng
8 Balance n, v /ˈbæləns/ Sự cân bằng; Cân bằng
9 Cure (for) n, v /kjʊə(r)/ Phương pháp cứu chữa; chữa bệnh
10 Command n, v /kəˈmɑːnd/ Mệnh lệnh; yêu cầu
11 Cough v, n /kɔːf/ Ho; bệnh ho
12 Count v /kaʊnt/ Đếm
13 Calorie n /ˈkæləri/ Calo
14 Cold n /kəʊld/ Bệnh cảm lạnh
15 Depressed adj /dɪˈprest/ Căng thẳng
16 Disease n /dɪˈziːz/ Bệnh tật
17 Die of v /daɪ əv/ Chết vì (bệnh gì)
18 Diet n /ˈdaɪət/ Chế độ ăn
19 Extend v /ɪkˈstend/ Mở rộng
20 Expert (in) n /ˈekspɜːt/ Chuyên gia (về)
21 Epidemic n, adj /ˌepɪˈdemɪk/ Dịch bệnh; lan truyền như dịch bệnh
22 Energy n /ˈenədʒi/ Năng lượng
23 Earache n /ˈɪəreɪk/ Bệnh đau tai
24 Flu n /fluː/ Bệnh cúm
25 Fever n /ˈfiːvə(r)/ Sốt
26 Fresh adj /freʃ/ Tươi tỉnh (tâm trạng), tươi sống (đồ ăn)
27 Health n /helθ/ Sức khỏe
28 Itchy adj /ˈɪtʃi/ Ngứa
29 Ignore v /ɪɡˈnɔː(r)/ Lờ đi, không quan tâm
30 Inject v /ɪnˈdʒekt/ Tiêm
31 Junk food n /dʒʌŋkfuːd/ Đồ ăn vặt
32 Lifestyle n /ˈlaɪfstaɪl/ Lối sống
33 Limit v /ˈlɪmɪt/ Hạn chế, giới hạn
34 Mental adj /ˈmentl/ Về tinh thần
35 Physical adj /ˈfɪzɪkl/ Về thể chất
36 Maintain v /meɪnˈteɪn/ Duy trì
37 Medicine n /ˈmedɪsn/ Thuốc
38 Pill n /pɪl/ Thuốc dạng viên
39 Order v /ˈɔːdə(r)/ Ra lệnh
40 Obese adj /əʊˈbiːs/ Béo phì
B. PRONUNCIATION
Phụ âm f (find), ph (phone), gh (rough)
/f/
Phụ âm v (voice)
/v/
C. GRAMMAR
❄ Câu đơn là câu chỉ chứa một mệnh đề, hay cụ thể hơn là một mệnh đề độc lập, có chủ ngữ (subject) và vị
ngữ (predicate).
❄ Chúng ta có thể gặp các kiểu câu đơn sau:

- Câu đơn gồm một chủ ngữ và một động từ (S + V).
Ex.
🗶 The price rises.
S V
🗶 Jessie is crying.
S V
- Một số câu đơn có thêm tân ngữ (S + V + O).
Ex.
🗶 Jessie ate dinner.
S V O
🗶 She buys some books.
S V O
- Một số câu đơn có thêm trạng ngữ (S + V + O + A hoặc S + V + A).
Ex.
🗶 Jessie ate a very large dinner at Sushi restaurant.
S V O A
🗶 She lives in a house on the top of the mountain.
S V A
❄ Câu đơn có thể có chủ ngữ là 2 danh từ hoặc có 2 động từ nối với nhau bằng “and” nhưng vẫn là 1 câu đơn.
Ex.
Linda and Jenny are playing tennis.
D. PRACTICE
PART 1. PHONETICS
save level rough live life
laugh fault conversation feel lovingly
cough enough surfing knives vast
give Stephen leaf fast paragraph
/f/ /V/
1. A. advise B. affect C. disease D. fever
2. A. obese B. order C. limit D. lifestyle
3. A. maintain B. ignore C. itchy D. extend
4. A. allergy B. calorie C. energy D. opponent
5. A. avoid B. model C. command D. dise
I. VOCABULARY
obese cough medicine earache itchy
inject junk food cold fever backache
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. A. tired B. weak C. sick D. temperature
2. A. so B. sick C. and D. but
3. A. allergy B. happy C. flu D. stomachache
4. A. well B. sick C. healthy D. fit
5. A. live B. smile C. sleep D. happy
6. A. sunshine B. sunburn C. cough D. flu
7. A. headache B. sore throat C. cough D. weak
8. A. sore B. fit C. sick D. tired
9. A. earache B. unhealthy C. sunburn D. toothache
10. A. relax B. work C. sleep D. rest
A B
1. S-D-A-V-I-E a. to force out air suddenly and noisily through your throat, for
🡪 example when you have a cold
2. D-A-U-T-L b. very fat, in a way that is not healthy
🡪
3. O-U-H-C-G c. the condition of a person’s body or mind
🡪
4. E-B-E-O-S d. to say numbers one after the other in order, or to calculate the number
🡪 of people or things in a group
5. E-T-C-I-J-N e. the food and drink that you eat and drink regularly to eat a healthy,
🡪 balanced diet
6. T-Y-I-H-C f. to tell somebody what you think they should do in a particular situation
🡪
7. E-H-A-H-T-L g. having or producing an itch on the skin
🡪
8. T-E-X-N-D-E h. to put a drug or other substance into a person’s or an animal’s body
🡪 using a syringe
9. U-C-N-T-O i. to add to something in order to make it bigger or longer
🡪
10. T-E-I-D k. a fully grown person who is legally responsible for their actions
🡪
II. GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Tick ✔ the simple sentences.
____ 1. The dog barks.
____ 2. You may watch TV, or you can go out to play.
____ 3. The kettle boils.
____ 4. The little girl was carrying a basket on her head.
____ 5. He took the test several times, but he couldn’t pass.
____ 6. Scott plays tennis in the morning.
____ 7. The girl dances on the floor.
____ 8. Mary went to work, but John went to the party, and I went home.
____ 9. Our car broke down; we came last.
____ 10. Sitting on a branch, the monkey gibbered.
Exercise 2. Match the first part in column A with the second part in column B.
A B
1. Eating A. very good for your heart.
2. Regular exercise is B. the summer.
3. I often get ear infections in C. cough medicine?
4. I will go D. from toothaches.
5. I had a sore E. healthier food.
6. You should eat F. seems to catch the flu every year.
7. She's afraid G. to the doctor to get some medicine.
8. Tom H. of getting sick again.
9. Do you have any I. carrots regularly helps you see better.
10. He often suffered J. throat and a headache.
Exercise 3. Read and underline the Subject (S), Verb (V), Object (O), and Adverb (A) in each sentence.
1. The woman built a strong stone wall.
____________________________________________________________
2. He reads many books.
____________________________________________________________
3. The boy slept.
____________________________________________________________
4. She completed her literature review.
____________________________________________________________
5. The girl is making a cake in the kitchen.
____________________________________________________________
6. She finished her results section.
____________________________________________________________
7. The boy is running quickly.
____________________________________________________________
8. The children eat buns, cakes, and biscuits.
____________________________________________________________
9. The girl is swimming.
____________________________________________________________
10. Jack ate an apple in the kitchen.
____________________________________________________________
1. You are catching the flu, but you (not, wash) _________ your hands very often.
2. Tommy has a temperature, and he (have) _________ a sore throat.
3. Mark feels tired, but he (not, go) _________ to bed early.
4. They (have) _________ an allergy, so they choose food and drink very carefully.
5. Anna doesn't feel well. She often (feel) _________ sick and weak.
6. Eat less high-fat food to keep you from (get) _________ fat.
7. To prevent the flu, you should (eat) _________ a lot of garlic and keep your body warm.
8. My younger brother (do) _________ morning exercise every day.
9. Eating too much (be) _________ bad for your health.
10. Health (mean) _________ everything.
Exercise 5. Circle the sentences that have the same meaning.
A. Getting up, he walked away.
1. He got up and walked away.
B. Got up, he walked away.
A. On a house, she gave them some land also.
2. She gave them not only a house but some land
B. Besides a house, she gave them some land
also.
also.
A. You must take your medicine in order to get
3. You must take your medicine; otherwise, you well.
cannot get well. B. You don’t have to take your medicine in order
to get well.
A. In spite of being rich, he is not happy.
4. He is rich, yet he is not happy.
B. Because being rich, he is not happy.
A. He is too weak not to carry the box.
5. He is so weak that he cannot carry the box. B. He is too weak to carry the box.
A. We eat to live.
6. We eat so that we can live.
B. We eat to can live.
A. In spite of is rich, she is hard working.
7. Though she is rich, she is hard working. B. In spite of being rich, she is hard working.
A. I saw a bird flying.
8. I saw a bird which was flying.
B. I saw a bird was flying.
A. It was a blue shirt.
9. It was a shirt which was blue.
B. It was a shirt blue.
10. You must take a rich diet, or you will not A. You must take a rich diet not to gain weight.
gain weight. B. You must take a rich diet to gain weight.
1. Is she good/ well enough to run one kilometer?
2. “Ow! Be careful with that coffee.” - “Look, now I have a burning/ burn on my arm.”
3. Rob has a temperate/ temperature of 39.5°C.
4. Don’t eat so quickly. You’ll get a stomachache/ stomach.
5. I have a pain/ painful in my back. I’m going to lie down.
6. That’s a bad cough/ coughing. Why don’t you have a glass of water?
7. “I have a tooth/ toothache.” - “Why don’t you telephone the dentist?”
8. “I feel sick/ sickness.” - “Quick, I must get to the bathroom!”
9. My arm hurts/ hurt after that game of table tennis.
10. “I have a head/ headache.” - “That’s because you watch too much TV.”
allergy toothache suffer worse vegetables
tired bad flu sick and
1. Some people have a very _________ habit in littering in public.
2. People who live in dusty areas often _________ from diseases.
3. Julia has a headache, and she feels _________.
4. I have an _________, so I choose food and drink very carefully.
5. You should spend less time playing computer games, or your eyes will be _________.
6. Tom feels _________, but he doesn’t go to bed early.
7. Trung eats too many sweets so he has a terrible _________.
8. To prevent the _________, we should keep our hands clean and our feet warm.
9. Fresh _________ promote health.
10. Tom is fat because he eats too much _________ doesn’t get enough exercise.
Exercise 8. Fill in each blank with the correct conjunction.
if and when so but or
1. Do more exercise _________ you want to lose weight.
2. I have a lot of homework to do this evening, _________ I don’t have time to watch the football match.
3. Eat more vegetables, _________ you will feel healthier.
4. Take up a new hobby _________ you’ll have some new friends.
5. Eat more fish, _________ you will be smarter.
6. He has toothache _________ he still eats a lot of sweets and cakes.
7. Try to talk less _________ you have a sore throat.
8. Smoke less _________ give it up.
9. Sunbathe less, _________ you’ll get sunburnt.
10. If you spend less time on computer games _________ television programmes, you will have more time for
outdoor activities.
1. You should eat a lot of fruits and vegetables because they _________ vitamin A, which is good for the eyes.
A. run B. take C. provide D. get
2. The health _________ from the diet expert is that you should eat less junk food and count your calories if
you are becoming fat.
A. advices B. ideas C. tip D. tips
3. The seafood I ate this morning makes me feel _________ all over.
A. itchy B. weak C. running D. well
4. If you want to be fit, stay outdoors more and do more _________ activities.
A. physics B. physic C. physical D. physically
5. Do more exercise _________ eat more fruit and vegetables.
A. and B. so C. but D. or
6. After working on computers for long hours, you should _________ your eyes and relax.
A. wake B. rest C. sleep D. sleep in
7. Eat less high-fat food to keep you from _________ fat.
A. gaining B. reducing C. getting D. rising
8. We should follow the advice from doctors and health _________ in order to keep fit.
A. managers B. experts C. people D. workers
9. Have a healthy _________ and you can enjoy your life.
A. lifeline B. lively C. lives D. lifestyle
10. They go _________ outside even when it’s cold.
A. swims B. swimming C. swimming D. swam
11. Rob eats a lot of fast food, and he _________ on a lot of weight.
A. spends B. brings C. takes D. puts
12. We need to spend less time _________ computer games.
A. playing B. to playing C. play D. to play
13. To prevent the _________, you should eat a lot of garlic and keep your body warm.
A. cold B. mumps C. flu D. headache
14. Be careful with _________ you eat and drink.
A. who B. this C. what D. that
15. Eating a lot of junk food may lead to your _________.
A. pain B. stomachache C. obesity D. fitness
16. My father does morning _________ every day.
A. running B. well C. exercise D. weak
17. Don’t eat that type of fish: you may have a/an _________.
A. energy B. allergy C. sick D. sore
18. Do you want to know how you can _________ healthy?
A. make B. have C. stay D. create
19. When you have a temperature, you should drink more water and rest _________.
A. most B. less C. few D. more
20. I forgot to wear a sun hat today, and I got a _________.
A. backache B. headache C. stomachache D. earache
1. Swim is good exercise. ____________
2. I has a slight headache now. ____________
3. Lack of exercise may harms your health. ____________
4. She exercises everyday at a fitness club. ____________
5. He can’t chews well, because he has a toothache now. ____________
6. There is no harm in your sleeping late in Sunday. ____________
7. Person are living longer and living healthier lives. ____________
8. My father has never been sick in his lifes. ____________
9. Even when you have old, you should be able to enjoy life. ____________
10. Many people worldwide eat plain, boiled rice twice or three time a ____________
day.
III. READING
Exercise 1. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C, or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
It's important to (1) _________ well, especially when you are studying. If you are at primary (2)
_________, you may not go home for lunch and have a cooked meal of meat or (3) _________ and vegetables.
A chicken and lettuce sandwich, with some (4) _________ fruit would be a light but (5) _________ lunch.
Many people around the world eat plain, boiled (6) _________ twice or three times a day.
Pupils and students often don’t eat (7) _________ when they’re revising for an exam - they eat chocolate
and (8) _________ lots of black coffee! And by the way, doctors say everybody should start the day with a
healthy (9) _________. It’s also good for you to drink a lot of (10) _________ through the day.
spend from exercise fit ride
for tired energy in calories
We need calories or (1) _________ to do things every day. For example, when we walk to school or (2)
_________ a bike to school, we spend a certain amount of (3) _________ and even when we sleep, we also use
them. But how many calories should we (4) _________ a day to stay in shape? It’s difficult (5) _________ us
to calculate. If people want to keep (6) _________, they should remember that everyone should have between
1600 and 2500 calories a day.
We get calories (7) _________ the food we eat. If we eat too much food and don't take part (8)
_________ any activities, we can get fat quickly. So besides studying, we should do some (9) _________, play
sports or do the housework, such as cleaning the floor, cooking etc., if we don't eat enough, we feel (10)
_________ and weak.
Exercise 3. Read the following passage and write T (true) or F (false) for each statement.
How many calories can you bum in one hour? Well, it all depends on the activity. You use calories all
the time, even when you are resting. Reading, sleeping, sitting, and sunbathing all use about 60 calories an
hour. Very light activities use 75 calories. Examples are eating, writing, knitting, shaving, driving, and washing
up. Light activities which use between 100 and 200 calories an hour are walking, doing homework, shopping
and skating. Energetic activities use 200-400 calories. Those activities include horse riding, cycling,
swimming, skipping, and dancing. Finally, there are strenuous activities that use up to 600 calories an hour.
These activities include climbing stairs, jogging, digging the garden, and playing football.
1. Horse riding uses the most amount of calories.
2. Reading uses as many calories as writing.
3. The calories we bum for eating and washing up are the same.
4. Walking is a very light activity.
5. Sunbathing uses more calories than driving.
6. When we are resting, we don’t bum calories.
7. Having a shower uses only 100 calories an hour.
8. Cycling and dancing use the same amount of calories
9. Playing football uses fewer calories than swimming.
10. The amount of calories we use an hour depends on the activity we do.
IV. WRITING
Exercise 1. Write a simple sentence from the two given sentences.
1. I have to support my family. I want to find a job.
_______________________________________________________________________.
2. This is my sister. Her name is Diana.
_______________________________________________________________________.
3. Many students are singing. Many students are dancing.
_______________________________________________________________________.
4. She works hard. She wants to pass the test.
_______________________________________________________________________.
5. My brother loves outdoor activities. My sister loves outdoor activities.
_______________________________________________________________________.
6. I want to be fitter. I want to be healthier.
_______________________________________________________________________.
7. I put on my best clothes. I wanted to impress her.
_______________________________________________________________________.
8. I eat more fruit. I eat more vegetables.
_______________________________________________________________________.
9. You should wear warm clothes. You should drink hot milk.
_______________________________________________________________________.
10. Be careful with what you eat. Be careful with what you drink.
_______________________________________________________________________.
Exercise 2. Make up the sentences using the words and phrases given.
1. Nick/ wash/ hands a lot/ he/ not/ have the flu.
_______________________________________________________________________.
2. David/ eat/ lots of junk food/ he/ not do exercise.
_______________________________________________________________________.
3. Elena/ should/ sleep more/ she/ try to relax more.
_______________________________________________________________________.
4. My sister/ play/ computer games/ she does exercise too.
_______________________________________________________________________.
5. Eating/ carrots help/ you see better at night.
_______________________________________________________________________.
6. Going outside/ wet hair /give/ you a cold or flu.
_______________________________________________________________________.
7. Eating/ fresh fish/ make/ you smarter.
_______________________________________________________________________.
8. When you go outside/ wet hair, it/ make you get/ cold/ flu.
_______________________________________________________________________.
9. You/ eat/ fresh fish, it/ make you smarter.
_______________________________________________________________________.
10. You/ eat/ carrots, it/ help you see at night/ clearly.
_______________________________________________________________________.
UNIT 3. COMMUNITY SERVICE
A. VOCABULARY
Part of
speech
1 Benefit n, v /ˈbenɪfɪt/ Lợi ích; Mang lại lợi ích cho...
2 Blood n /blʌd/ Máu
3 Charity n /ˈtʃærəti/ Việc từ thiện
4 Coupon n /ˈkuːpɒn/ Phiếu giảm giá
5 Care (for) n /keə(r)/ Sự quan tâm, chăm sóc
6 Culture n /ˈkʌltʃə(r)/ Nền văn hóa
7 Donate V /dəʊˈneɪt/ Quyên góp, ủng hộ
8 Difference n /ˈdɪfrəns/ Sự khác nhau
9 Dirt n /dɜːt/ Bụi bẩn
10 Effect (on) n /ɪˈfekt/ Tác dụng (đối với)
11 Elderly adj /ˈeldəli/ Cao tuổi
12 Exact adj /ɪɡˈzækt/ Chính xác
13 Establish v /ɪˈstæblɪʃ/ Thành lập
14 Flood n /flʌd/ Lũ lụt
15 Force v /fɔːs/ Bắt buộc, bắt ép
16 Fund n /fʌnd/ Quỹ
17 Graffiti n /ɡrəˈfiːti/ Tranh vẽ trên tường
18 Globe = world n /ˈɡləʊbl/ = /wɜːld/ Địa cầu, trái đất; thế giới
19 Government n /ˈɡʌvənmənt/ Chính phủ
20 Homeless adj /ˈhəʊmləs/ Vô gia cư
21 Individual n, adj /ˌɪndɪˈvɪdʒuəl/ Cá nhân; về cá nhân
22 Mural n /ˈmjʊərəl/ Tranh vẽ trên tường khổ lớn
23 Mentor n /ˈmentɔː(r)/ Người hướng dẫn, cố vấn
24 Organize v /ˈɔːɡənaɪz/ Tổ chức
25 Provide v /prəˈvaɪd/ Cung cấp
26 Profit n /ˈprɒfɪt/ Lợi ích, lợi nhuận
27 Non-profit adj /ˌnɒn ˈprɒfɪt/ Phi lợi nhuận
28 Pay (for) v /peɪ/ Chi trả (cho)
29 Public adj /ˈpʌblɪk/ Công cộng
30 Private adj /ˈpraɪvət/ Cá nhân, tư nhân
31 Population n /ˌpɒpjuˈleɪʃn/ Dân số
32 Relate (to) v /rɪˈleɪt/ Liên quan đến
33 Raise v /reɪz/ Quyên góp, gây (quỹ)
34 Statistics n /stəˈtɪstɪks/ Môn thống kê học
35 Shelter n /ˈʃeltə(r)/ Chỗ trú ẩn, chỗ ờ tạm thời
36 Serve v /sɜːv/ Phục vụ
37 Sort v /sɔːt/ Phân loại
38 Sponsor v, n /ˈspɒnsə(r)/ Tài trợ/Nhà tài trợ
39 Tutor n /ˈtjuːtə(r)/ Gia sư
B. PRONUNCIATION
Đuôi -ed được phát âm là - Khi động từ kết thúc bằng âm /ʧ/, /s/, /k/, /f/, /p/, /θ/, /∫/ (kissed,
/t/ coughed, watched, …)
Đuôi -ed được phát âm là - Khi động từ kết thúc bằng âm /t/, /d/ (decided, wanted, …)
/id/ - Khi một động từ được sử dụng như tính từ, bất kể phụ âm kết
thúc được phát âm như thế nào (naked, aged, beloved, …
Đuôi -ed được phát âm là Với những trường hợp còn lại. (used, played, listened)
/d/
C. GRAMMAR
THE PAST SIMPLE (THÌ QUÁ KHỨ ĐƠN)
Động từ thường Động từ to be
Câu khẳng định ❄ S + Ved/PI
❄ S + was/were + danh từ/ tính từ/
E.g: giới từ
E.g:
She went shopping yesterday. You were honest with me.
Câu phủ định ❄ S + didn't + V ❄ S + was/were + not + danh từ/ tính
E.g: từ/ giới từ.
I didn't come to school last E.g:
week. She wasn 't at home yesterday.
Câu hỏi nghi vấn ❄ Did + S+ V? ❄ Was/ Were+ A + danh từ/ tính từ/
(+) Yes, S + did. giới từ?
(-) No, S + didn’t. (+) Yes, s + was/were.
E.g: (-) No, s + was/were + not.
- Did you do the housework? E.g:
- Yes, I did. - Was she in Tom's house yesterday?
- No, she wasn’t.
❄ Diễn tả hành động xảy ra và chấm dứt ở một thời E.g:
điểm xác định trong quá khứ. I went to the zoo yesterday.
E.g:
❄ Diễn tả một chuỗi hành động xảy ra liên tục trong She went home, took a shower and cooked
quá khứ. for dinner.
❄ Diễn tả một thói quen trong quá khứ (đã từng làm, E.g:
bây giờ không làm nữa). I used to play guitar.
3. Add "ed" to the verbs (Quy tắc thêm đuôi ed vào sau động từ')
E.g:
❄ Từ kết thúc bằng đuôi e/ee 🡪 thêm d smile -> smiled
❄ Động từ tận cùng là nguyên âm (u, e, o, a, i) + E.g:
y 🡪 thêm ed stay -> stayed
E.g:
❄ Động từ kết thúc bằng phụ âm + y 🡪 đổi y thành ied try tried
❄ Động từ 1 âm tiết kết thúc bằng phụ âm + nguyên âm + E.g:
phụ âm (trừ h, w, x, y, z) 🡪 gấp đôi phụ âm cuối + ed travel -> travelled
❄ Động từ có nhiều hơn 1 âm tiết, âm tiết cuối cùng kết thúc E.g:
bằng phụ âm + nguyên âm + phụ âm và là âm tiết nhận prefer preferred
trọng âm 🡪 gấp đôi phụ âm cuối + ed
E.g:
❄ Các trường hợp còn lại + ed listen -> listened
4. Spelling rules (Quy tắc phát âm đuôi ed)
Phát âm là ❄ động từ có tận cùng là các âm E.g: kissed /kɪst/, fixed /fɪkst/,
/t/ /ʧ/, /s/, /k/, /f/, /p/, /θ/, /∫/ coughed /kɒft/, watched /wɒtʃt, ...
Phát âm là ❄ Từ có tận cùng là các âm /t/ E.g: decided /dɪˈsaɪdid/, wanted /wɒntid/,
/id/ hay /d/ added /ædid, ...
❄ động từ được sử dụng như tính E.g. naked /ˈneɪkɪd/, aged /ˈeɪdʒɪd/,
từ, bất kể phụ âm kết thúc được beloved /bɪˈlʌvɪd/, …
phát âm như thế nào
Phát âm là ❄ Các trường hợp còn lại E.g: used /juːzx/, played /pleid/,
/d/ listened /ˈlɪsnd/, ...
- Yesterday: hôm qua
- Last + thời gian (last week, last month, last Monday)
- Thời gian + ago (two days ago)
- In + năm quá khứ (in 1999)
- In the past (trong quá khứ)
- When + S + Ved/PI
D. PRACTICE
PART I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Choose the verb in the Past Simple to fill in the table according to the pronunciation of -ed.
Prepared Stayed Arrived Booked Loved
Cooked Rained Wanted Ended Tinned
Looked Visited Rolled Opened Closed
Practiced Hooked Increased Washed Tipped
Snowed Snapped Watered Needed Fitted
/id/ /t/ /d/
1. A. benefit B. charity C. establish D. government
2. A. tutor B. sponsor C. shelter D. maintain
3. A. ignore B. coupon C. mural D. public
4. A. effect B. culture C. exact D. relate
5. A. statistics B. government C. charity D. decorate
i. VOCABULARY
blood elderly dirt graffiti mentor
tutor homeless flood care globe
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. A. environment B. bank C. community D. neighbourhood
2. A. students B. homework C. blood D. tutors
3. A. orphan B. grandparents C. nursing home D. elderly
4. A. rubbish B. donate C. collect D. money
5. A. green B. trees C. plant D. collect
6. A. donate B. provide C. encourage D. environment
7. A. sing B. street C. house D. building
8. A. individual B. industrial C. essential D. environmental
9. A. graffiti B. sing C. painting D. collage
10. A. homeless B. elderly C. donation D. disabled
Exercise 3. Reorder the letters to make correct words, then match them with their
meaning.
A B
1. L-B-O-D-O
a. any substance that makes something dirty, for example dust, soil or mud
🡪
2. A-H-C-T-R-I-Y
🡪 b. a large picture that has been painted on the wall of a room or building
3. O-P-O-U-C-N c. a private teacher, especially one who teaches an individual student or a
🡪 very small group
4. I-T-D-R d. to give somebody food or drink, for example at a restaurant or during a
🡪 meal
5. O-L-O-D-F
e. a large amount of water covering an area that is usually dry
🡪
6. D-U-N-F f. an experienced person who advises and helps somebody with less
🡪 experience over a period of time
7. R-M-U-A-L
g. the red liquid that flows through the bodies of humans and animals
🡪
8. R-M-E-T-O-N h. an amount of money that has been saved or has been made available for a
🡪 particular purpose
9. E-R-S-E-V i. a small piece of printed paper that you can exchange for something or that
🡪 gives you the right to buy something at a cheaper price than normal
10. O-R-T-T-U
j. an organization for helping people in need
🡪
II. GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Complete the table below.
NO INFINITIVE PAST SIMPLE
1 ate
2 draw
3 saw
4 come
5 began
6 be
7 study
8 wrote
9 bring
10 lived
11 flew
12 ride
13 could
14 sell
15 get
16 speak
17 kept
18 gave
19 swim
20 thought
1. Last Monday, John (go) _________ to school late because there was a traffic jam near his house.
2. My family (clean) _________ the beach last Sunday.
3. Jack (collect) _________ coins when he was a little boy.
4. _________ you (provide) _________ evening classes for twenty children last summer?
5. Last year, Mark’s school (donate) _________ hundreds of books to children in a rural village.
6. Tom (not have) _________ time to finish his report yesterday.
7. I (see) _________ a real elephant when I went to the zoo last month.
8. We (clean) _________ up the dirty streets in our area last Saturday.
9. They (not start) _________ the community garden project in 2010.
10. My best friend and I talked to and (sing)for the elderly people at a nursing home.
1. Jack didn’t see / didn’t watch Paula at school.
2. Did you be / Were you at the cinema last night?
3. Mimi brought / bought her new laptop to school.
4. The baby cried / cryed all night long.
5. My brother could swim / could swam when he was three.
6. Daisy repaired / prepared a nice dinner.
7. The children ate / eatted cheese sandwiches.
8. Did you sit / Did you sat next to Daniel?
9. There was / were a lot of people at the football match.
10. Some of my friends missed / mised the party.
Exercise 4. Fill in the blanks with “was/wasn’t /were/weren’t/did/didn’t”.
1. _________ you start a community garden project last month?
2. Last week, we (not) _________ visit sick children in Viet Due Hospital.
3. _________ there anything that made you happy with your work last month?
4. It _________ Tom's fault. It’s mine.
5. What _________ you do in the summer?
6. _________ she visit Hue when she was a child?
7. Mimi and Lucy _________ at home in Florida last week. We were at Ben’s house in Miami.
8. He (not) _________ come to the party last Sunday.
9. Julia (not) _________ wear uniform to school yesterday.
10. “_________ John at work today?” - “No, he _________ in the office. I think he’s sick.”
Exercise 5. Write the following sentences in negative and interrogative form.
1. (+) Children planted more trees.
(-)
(?)
2. (+) Tom was a member of the Youth Club.
(-)
(?)
3. (+) The school was closed due to the snow.
(-)
(?)
4. (+) The organisation provided shelter for the children.
(-)
(?)
5. (+) They were at school this morning.
(-)
(?)
6. (+) Tom went to the hospital to provide food two weeks ago.
(-)
(?)
7. (+) The sidewalks were wet after the rain.
(-)
(?)
8. (+) I started to work as a volunteer three years ago.
(-)
(?)
9. (+) They were in the library an hour ago.
(-)
(?)
10. (+) Tom and his friends went to orphanages to learn English yesterday.
(-)
(?)
My name (1. be) _________ John. After (2. see) _________ a news special, I became involved in
(3. collect) _________ toiletries for the homeless, which (4. make) _________ me realize how even the
smallest items that we take for granted can really help homeless families. I (5. learn) _________ from
organizing a Key Club car wash to raise money for hurricane victims how important it is to ( 6. communicate)
_________ effectively to help raise awareness and get the community involved. Volunteering as a Little
League assistant coach has taught me a lot about (7. train) _________ boys to work as a team. This experience
has also made me decide to (8. pursue) _________ a career in youth sports.
Exercise 7. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in Present simple or Past Simple
Tense.
1. I (join) _________ my school volunteer team last summer.
2. Some of my friends often (spend) _________ their summer vacations to help the people in need.
3. My sister often (donate) _________ money to charitable organizations.
4. On January 17th, 1995, a powerful earthquake (hit) _________ the city of Kobe, Japan.
5. Every Sunday, she (go) _________ to the center and (teach) _________ the children how to draw.
6. (Not, bother) _________ waking me up at 4:00 a.m.
7. (Be) _________ there moonlight yesterday evening?
8. Do you remember the time we (go) _________ to the zoo together when we were kids?
9. There (be) _________ a big earthquake last night.
10. How (know) _________ you that Tom was planning to eat at that restaurant last night?
always yesterday ago last night does
were did do is was
1. Did you really think I wouldn’t find out that you went there _________?
2. How much time _________ it usually take you to eat breakfast?
3. I wouldn't bet on that horse if I _________ you.
4. My most interesting Canadian friend _________ Tom.
5. There was a traffic accident _________ morning in front of the house.
6. It _________ Tom that broke the window yesterday.
7. _________ you think it’ll be possible for you to come over and help US this weekend?
8. Mary is _________ acting foolishly.
9. The train left the station a few minutes _________.
10. “Where _________ you go?” - “I went to the train station to see a friend off.”
1. Don’t put the computer away! I _________ it.
A. used B. am using C. was used D. was use
2. I will _________ vegetables in our garden.
A. grow B. grew C. grows D. grown
3. My parents _________ in Florida and never moved anywhere else.
A. was born B. are born C. were born D. is born
4. During her trip last summer, she_________ a car to go around the city.
A. hires B. was hired C. hired D. hiring
5. Peter _________ a mistake in the exam so he didn’t get an A.
A. made B. makes C. is making D. to make
6. She _________ to go for a run at the moment.
A. is wanting B. wants C. wanted D. wants
7. The water _________. Can you turn it off for me, please?
A. is boiling B. boils C. boiled D. to boil
8. I was very tired so I _________ the party early.
A. left B. leaved C. leave D. leaving
9. We _________ afford to keep our motorcycle so we sold it.
A. can’t B. can C. couldn’t D. Coulds
10. The bed _________ very uncomfortable. I could not sleep well in it.
A. is B. was C. wasn’t D. are
11. _________ the weather nice when you on holiday last summer?
A. Was/was B. Is/were C. Was/were D. Is/was
12. I always _________ to work by car but now I go on foot.
A. go B. went C. goes D. going
13. I _________ to work as a volunteer three years ago.
A. started B. was started C. starting D. starts
14. She became a member of the Peace Corps _________.
A. for two years B. since two years
C. two years now D. two years ago
15. The last time he donated blood _________ ten years ago.
A. am B. is C. were D. was
16. He started _________ for this non-profit organization five years ago.
A. to work B. to working C. work D. working
17. Last year, I _________ to visit a children’s village in Yen Bai with my teachers and friends.
A. go B. to go C. goes D. went
18. Last year, our school _________ hundreds of books to children in a rural village.
A. has donated B. donated C. donates D. to donate
19. My friends and I _________ the streets in our neighbourhood every summer when we were small.
A. cleaned B. has cleaned C. were cleaning D. cleans
20. A group of volunteers _________ food to patients in our hospital for three weeks last month.
A. offered B. offer C. has offered D. offering
1. Did Lucy went to a pharmacy three days ago? ___________
2. It start raining after I went swimming last weekend. ___________
3. Frank has done his homework and then listened to musiC. ___________
4. We clean the beach last Sunday. ___________
5. I have collected coins when I was a little boy. ___________
6. I see a real elephant when I went to Ban Don last year. ___________
7. People here is generous and they offer time and effort. ___________
8. Yesterday, I go to school late because I missed the bus. ___________
9. We can ask people to donate warm clothes and helping them to rebuild their ___________
houses
10. The lakes are full of rubbish. We shouldn’t ask our friends to clean them ___________
this Sunday.
III. READING
and organization teachers most volunteers
The Peace Corps is one of the (1) _________ famous organizations in the world that help people.
This organization was founded in 1961 by the former US President John Kennedy.
People working in this (2) _________ are called volunteers. They are both men and women. They live
and work in other countries for two years at a time. They share skills with people to help solve challenging
problems in developing countries.
Peace Corps volunteers work as (3) _________ at schools. They also help communities to protect their
environment and prevent the spread of diseases. They also help farmers grow more food efficiently.
Peace Corps (4) _________ build bridges of cross-cultural understanding with people of other
countries. They help people from other countries learn more about who they are. Peace Corps volunteers also
bring home with them better understanding of other people (5) _________ cultures.
Exercise 2. Read the passage and circle the correct answers.
(1) _________ January 17th, 1995, a powerful earthquake hit the city of Kobe, Japan. Many buildings
(2) _________ or collapsed.
Soon after the earthquake, people in Kobe (3) _________ working together to save their city.
Neighbours pulled each other out (4) _________ collapsed buildings. Ordinary people (5) _________ out fires
even before the fire trucks arrived. Volunteers in Kobe organized themselves into (6) _________. They worked
out a system to send (7) _________ to where it was needed. Some people (8) _________ food, water, clothes
to different parts of the city. Some volunteers took (9) _________ of children who had lost their parents.
Teams of volunteers from outside Japan helped, too.
Today, Kobe has been built. But people there still remember the outpouring of support they (10)
_________ from all over the world back in 1995.
1. A. On B. At C. On D. From
2. A. is burning B. burned C. burning D. bum
3. A. to begin B. are beginning C. begin D. began
4. A. into B. of C. on D. with
5. A. to put B. putting C. puts D. put
6. A. teams B. pair C. group D. friends
7. A. helped B. helping C. help D. to help
8. A. brought B. bringing C. brings D. brought
9. A. part B. care C. caring D. Note
10. A. received B. is receiving C. have received D. receiving
Each country has many good people who take care of others. For example, some students in the United
States often spend many hours as volunteers in hospitals, orphanages or homes for the elderly. They read
books to the people in these places, or they just visit these people and play games with them or listen to their
problems.
Other young volunteers go and work in the homes of people who are sick or old. They paint, clean up,
or repair their houses, and do the shopping. For boys who don’t have fathers, there is an organization called
Big Brothers. College students and other men take these boys to basketball games or on fishing trips and help
them to get to know things those boys usually learn from their fathers.
Each city has a number of clubs where boys and girls can go and play games. Some of these clubs show
movies or hold short trips to the mountains, the beaches, museums, or other places of interest. Most of these
clubs use a lot of students as volunteers because they are young enough to understand the problems of younger
boys and girls.
1. What do volunteers usually do to help those who are sick or old in their homes?
A. They do shopping, and repair or clean up their house.
B. They tell them stories, sing and dance for them.
C. They cool, sew, and wash their clothes.
D. They take them to basketball games.
2. What do they help boys whose fathers do not live with them?
A. To learn things about their fathers.
B. To get to know things about their fathers.
C. To get to know things that boys want from their fathers.
D. To learn things that boys usually learn from their fathers.
3. Which activities are NOT available for the students at the clubs?
A. playing games
B. learning photography
C. going to interest places
D. watching films
4. Why do they use many students as volunteers? - Because.
A. they can understand the problems of younger boys and girls.
B. they have a lot of free time.
C. they know how to do the work.
D. they are good at playing games and learning new things.
5. Where don’t students often do volunteer work?
A. hospitals B. orphanages
C. clubs D. homes for the elderly
VI. WRITING
1. some / She / bought / last weekend / interesting / books.
_________________________________________________________________.
2. I/ love / basketball / volleyball. / watching / and
_________________________________________________________________.
3. teacher / dances / English / gracefully. / My / very
_________________________________________________________________.
4. have / to / home /I/ stay / at / because / is / raining. / it
_________________________________________________________________.
5. Viet Nam / because / beautiful. /I / it / is / love / very
_________________________________________________________________.
6. born /I / in / 1990. / was / Vinh Phuc / in
_________________________________________________________________.
7. English lessons / and /I / on / have / Monday / Tuesday.
_________________________________________________________________.
8. passion. / Swimming / favourite / my / is
_________________________________________________________________.
9. family I here / in / moved / My /2004.
_________________________________________________________________.
10. service / the / is / for / of / you / do / Community / the / benefit / work / the / community.
_________________________________________________________________.
Exercise 2. Write full sentences using the Past Simple Tense.
1. My older sister / finish / university / two years ago.
_________________________________________________________________.
2. My neighbours / buy / a new car / last week.
_________________________________________________________________.
3. We / spend / the whole evening / in the park.
_________________________________________________________________.
4. Daniel / write / an interesting report / yesterday.
_________________________________________________________________.
5. My father / buy / a nice car / last month.
_________________________________________________________________.
6. I / forget / to call my friend / yesterday.
_________________________________________________________________.
7. Bill / fight / with Sam / after the lessons.
_________________________________________________________________.
8. They / visit / Paris / three years ago.
_________________________________________________________________.
9. You / do / the laundry / yesterday?
_________________________________________________________________.
10. She / participate in / an interesting campaign / last Saturday?
_________________________________________________________________.
TEST 1. UNIT 1-3
1. A. prefer B. better C. teacher D. worker
2. A. bear B. hear C. dear D. near
3. A. collect B. concern C. concert D. combine
4. A. absent B. government C. dependent D. enjoy
5. A. future B. return C. picture D. culture
6. A. put B. adult C. junk D. sun
7. A. itchy B. riding C. sick D. swimming
8. A. parked B. waited C. posted D. decided
9. A. advanced B. jumped C. appointed D. developed
10. A. annoyed B. apologized C. jogged D. admitted
1. A. consider B. available C. unusual D. reasonable
2. A. countryside B. detective C. character D. generous
3. A. explore B. enjoy C. crowded D. cartoon
4. A. circus B. boring C. always D. event
5. A. invite B. loudly C. city D. island
6. A. comer B. expect C. forecast D. dentist
7. A. exciting B. interesting C. karate D. pagoda
8. A. opposite B. programme C. tomorrow D. wonderful
9. A. toothache B. writer C. stupid D. inside
10. A. magazine B. gigantic C. achievement D. performance
Exercise 3. Choose the word that doesn't belong to the group in each sentence.
1. A. salmon B. oxen C. men D. zebra
2. A. happiness B. picture C. flower D. animal
3. A. lorries B. cakes C. stories D. berries
4. A. pepper B. cucumber C. sauce D. onion
5. A. roof B. leaf C. half D. calf
6. A. carve B. collage C. share D. arrange
7. A. melody B. monopoly C. calorie D. share
8. A. allergy B. concentrate C. spot D. vegetarian
9. A. benefit B. blanket C. people D. charitable
10. A. interview B. donate C. punish D. shelter
1. He ate a lot of fried food, so he ________ fat quickly.
A. get B. got C. gets D. will get
2. The Japanese eat a lot of fish and healthy food, ________ they live for a long time.
A. so B. because C. or D. but
3. Lan ________ English for more than a year, but she can speak it very well.
A. learns B. learn C. learned D. has learned
4. You should watch less TV because looking at the screen for too long ________ your eyes.
A. hurt B. hurts C. is hurting D. to hurt
5. We usually ________ lunch at school.
A. have B. has C. haves D. are have
6. Be a Buddy has ________ education for street children.
A. given B. spent C. provided D. helped
7. He ________ books for poor children for years.
A. has collected B. collects C. is collecting D. Collected
8. Linh often uses her headphones when she listens to music ________ her parents don't like loud noise.
A. so B. but C. because D. and
9. Ngoc loves ________ outdoors with trees and flowers.
A. to being B. be C. x D. being
10. I think ten years from now more people ________ going to work by bicycle.
A. to enjoy B. will enjoy C. enjoying D. enjoy
11. Volunteers can do general ________ such as clean-up projects or home repair.
A. activities B. things C. labour D. jobs
12. My brother and I ________ a white tiger already.
A. have seen B. has seen C. see D. are seeing
13. I ________ blood twice, and ________ presents to sick children in the hospital recently.
A. donate - give B. donated - gave
C. have donated - have given D. have donated – gave
14. Volunteering is special ________ me because I can help others.
A. at B. for C. with D. to
15. How many novels ________ Charles Dickens ________?
A. did - write B. have - written C. did - written D. does – write
16. We ________ to Ha Noi several times, but last summer we ________ there by train.
A. flew - went B. has flown - went
C. have flown - have gone D. have flown – went
17. She ________ blood twenty times so far.
A. donates B. has donated C. is donating D. to donate
18. He ________ lectures to foreign tourists about traditional food and games recently.
A. gives B. gave C. have given D. has given
19. They have decided to clean up the neighbourhood ________ it is full of rubbish.
20. “Have you ever ________ to Sa Pa?”
A. gone B. been C. seen D. visited
21. We came to the remote village and ________ meals for homeless children.
22. You should think of ________ the volunteer activities in your community.
23. Traditional volunteer activities include ________ money for people in need, cooking and giving food.
24. You can help young children by ________ them to do homework before or after school.
25. Let’s collect and ________ warm clothes to homeless children in our city.
A. give away B. give back C. take off D. put on
26. To help people in remote areas, we can ________ transportation, such as giving rides to the elderly.
A. give B. bring C. provide D. donate
27. Let’s help the street children because they have bad ________.
A. live B. living conditions
C. ways of life D. earnings
28. They have decided to ride to work ________ it is good for their health and the environment.
29. Our school has a programme ________ to children from poor families in Ho Chi Minh City.
A. ask B. offer C. tutor D. volunteer
30. Americans ________ the tradition of volunteering and helping one another since the early days of the
country.
A. have had B. has had C. had D. to have
31. I ________ them at the airport last week.
32. She ________ me about her trip when we at school.
A. telled / were B. told / be C. told / were D. told / are
33. ________ you get lots of presents on your birthday last year?
34. Where ________ you yesterday afternoon?
35. My friend ________ a lovely dress at the party last night.
A. wears B. weared C. worn D. Wore
36. I ________ dinner for my family after school.
37. They ________ really friendly.
38. Our father ________ us to school.
39. She ________ hard to be an excellent student.
40. Robert ________ volleyball with his friends in the afternoon.
Exercise 5. Look at the underlined words in the text. They all have spelling mistakes. Write them
correctly.
1. This is a photo of my freind, Stephanie.
___________________________________________________________________________
2. She’s 18 and she’s French. She lives in a village near Toulouse. She studys engineering at university.
___________________________________________________________________________
3. She has short black hair and very dark eyes. She is inteligent and funny, but sometimes she’s a bit sad too.
___________________________________________________________________________
4. She can play the guitar very well and she has a beautifull voice. We love listening to her. She’s also crazy
about computers and she likes looking for song lyrics on the Internet. She also hates one thing - doing sport.
___________________________________________________________________________
5. I like her because she’s allways there when I need her.
___________________________________________________________________________
Exercise 6. Complete the text with the correct form of the verbs in the list.
like (2) live be travel make
sing read go write
This is Michael Johnson. He (1) ________ a famous rock star. He (2) ________ in America. He (3)
________ all around the world and (4) ________ in rock concerts. He (5) ________ his songs and (6)
________ his own video clips. In his free time, he (7) ________ staying at home listening to his CDs. At
weekends, he usually (8) ________ to expensive restaurants with his friends. He also (9) ________ a lot of
books about strange things. I can’t wait to see him perform live. I(10) ________ him so much.
Exercise 7. Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D to fill each blank in the following passage.
I have a very interesting and (1) ________ hobby. I make short video clips with my digital camera. It was
my birthday present from my parents last year. Since then, I have (2) ________ three short films. It’s great fun!
I started asking my friends and relatives to take (3) ________ in the films. I have tried to write the story for my
video clips. When I have finished the script, I make copies for the “actors”. Each scene is small and they can
look at the words just (4) ________ we start filming. We film at the weekend in my neighborhood, (5)
________ no one has to travel far. When the video clip is finished, I invite all the “actors” and we watch the
film at my house.
1. A. enjoyable B. enjoyed C. enjoying D. enjoy
2. A. done B. made C. played D. watched
3. A. scene B. role C. part D. Film
4. A. until B. after C. only D. before
5. A. so B. because C. but D. although
many per people best come
Welcome to Melbourne City Mission!
Why should you come to us? In Melbourne, one in four (1) ________ do some kind of volunteer work.
People here are generous and they offer time and effort. (2) ________ and work as volunteers, you can help
people in need. You can share your time, skills, knowledge and networks, and make a positive change. We will
do our (3) ________ to match your interests with our activities. We need volunteers to visit residents in an
Aged Care Home, to provide friendship and support to disabled people, and volunteers for 3-4 hours (4)
________ week to assist those with serious illness. We also need volunteers who are mums and dads to help
parents who have learning difficulties. Anyone over 18 can volunteer with us. We have (5) ________ positions
for you to take: one-off or on-going positions. Get in touch with us on (03) 8625 4444.
PETS
Many people like to keep pets. Dogs and cats are very popular pets. Some people, however, keep birds or
goldfish. They need less space and are easier to look after.
If you want to have a pet, you can buy one from a pet shop, but you must be careful not to buy a sick
animal. It is best if you know something about the pet you want. This helps you choose a healthy pet.
However, if you do not have much money and know very little about animals, you can visit the Royal Society
for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals (RSPCA).
The first society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals was founded in England in 1821. It was set up
to make sure that all animals are treated with kindness. The RSPCA in Hong Kong carries out this aim. The
RSPCA officers collect animals which have no homes and are left in the street. They look after them until they
are healthy again. People visiting the RSPCA may choose their pets from these animals and you can be sure
that you will get a healthy pet. If later your pet becomes ill, you can take it to the doctors at the RSPCA for
treatment.
When you have a pet, it is very important that you look after it properly. You must remember to feed it at
suitable times. You should also give it a clean and comfortable place to rest. Your pet will be happy and
healthy if you love it and care for it properly.
1. According to the passage, what kind of pet needs more space?
A. A dog B. A bird C. A goldfish D. A mouse
2. What can help you choose a healthy pet?
A. Being careful with your money
B. Learning about a pet you want
C. Having a lot of money
D. Visiting many pet shops
3. The first society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals was founded _______.
A. in 1924 C. in England
B. more than 1000 years ago D. in 1842
4. What does the RSPCA do with sick and homeless animals?
A. Leave them in the streets C. Give them to people who cure sick pets
B. Make them healthy again D. Sell them to pet shops
5. You can always be sure that every pet from the RSPCA _______.
A. will never get sick C. is strong and healthy
B. is collected from a dustbin D. always needs too much care
Exercise 10. Read the text and do the task below.
a. Choose the best option.
WHAT IS COMMUNITY SERVICE?
Community service is (1) _______ to help those in your community. It might be something that is done
once or on a regular basis. Community (2) _______ is often referred to as "giving back to your (3) _______ ".
It can be done by an (4) _______ or an organisation. Community service is giving your time without being (5)
_______ whether it is to help the less fortunate or to help clean up your community.
1. A. volunteer B. volunteering C. voluntary D. to volunteering
2. A. benefit B. product C. service D. gift
3. A. community B. volunteer C. friend D. help
4. A. adult B. individual C. elderly person D. area
5. A. given B. donated C. paid D. provided
b. Choose the best answer to complete the passage.
Headache is a very common disease. The symptoms (1) _______ a headache are various. People may (2)
_______ pains only one side of the head. Sometimes when the pain goes away, the head is sore. People have a
headache (3) _______ they work too hard or they are too nervous about something. (4) _______ can help cure
the disease but people usually have to do more than taking tablets. They can prevent headaches by changing
their diets or their (5) _______ or simply by going to bed.
1. A. on B. in C. of D. at
2. A. be B. have C. happen D. take
3. A. when B. but C. so D. and
4. A. Medicine B. Doctor C. Sport D. Fruit
5. A. life B. lifestyles C. hobbies D. working
1. They /take / a / of / photos. /usually / beautiful / lot
__________________________________________________________________________
2. You / go / see / doctor, / or / you / go to / now / rest. / the / can / and / can / bed / and
__________________________________________________________________________
3. What / your / do / his / time? / does / brother /free / in
__________________________________________________________________________
4. They /the I beach / ago. /cleaned / one / week
__________________________________________________________________________
5. Do / do / morning / every / day? / you / exercise
__________________________________________________________________________
6. I / stamps /I / was / a / child. / collected / when
__________________________________________________________________________
7. a / lifestyle / important. / healthy / is / Having
__________________________________________________________________________
8. Dickens / a / lot / novels. / wrote / of
__________________________________________________________________________
9. I / to / some / food, / but /I / a / throat. / want / eat / have /sore
__________________________________________________________________________
10. Yesterday, /I / to / zoo / family. / went / the / with / my
__________________________________________________________________________
1. My school has 50 classrooms. (There)
__________________________________________________________________________
2. She loves collecting old comic books. (fond)
__________________________________________________________________________
3. Learning English is not difficult. (It’s)
__________________________________________________________________________
4. How old are you? (What)
__________________________________________________________________________
5. She likes singing more than dancing. (prefers)
__________________________________________________________________________
6. James isn’t a fast swimmer. (doesn’t)
__________________________________________________________________________
7. She usually does her homework for two hours. (spends)
__________________________________________________________________________
8. She’s interested in watching cartoons. (likes)
__________________________________________________________________________
9. How much do these shoes cost? (What)
__________________________________________________________________________
10. How many shelves do you have in your bedroom? (are)
Exercise 13. Write a short paragraph about a hobby you would like to take up.
- What it is
- How you know about it
- Why you like it
- When you plan to have it
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
UNIT 4. MUSIC AND ARTS
A. VOCABULARY
Part of
speech
1 Academic adj /ˌækəˈdemɪk/ Học thuật
2 Anthem n /ˈænθəm/ Bài hát ca ngợi
3 Artist n /ˈɑːtɪst/ Họa sĩ
4 Appear V /əˈpɪə(r)/ Xuất hiện
5 Colour n /ˈkʌlə(r)/ Màu sắc
6 Choose v /tʃuːz/ Lựa chọn
7 Carpenter n /ˈkɑːpəntə(r)/ Thợ mộc, nhà điêu khắc
8 Curriculum n /kəˈrɪkjələm/ Chương trình (học)
9 Compel v /kəmˈpel/ Ép, buộc ai làm gì
10 Celebrate v /ˈselɪbreɪt/ Tổ chức ăn mừng
11 Consider v /kənˈsɪdə(r)/ Cân nhắc
12 Critic n /ˈkrɪtɪk/ Nhà phê bình
13 Definitely adv /ˈdefɪnətli/ Hoàn toàn
14 Exhibit v /ɪɡˈzɪbɪt/ Triển lãm, trưng bày
15 Educate v /ˈedʒukeɪt/ Giáo dục, dạy
16 Excellent adj /ˈeksələnt/ Xuất sắc, ưu tú
17 Folk tale n /ˈfəʊk teɪl/ Truyện dân gian
18 Fantastic adj /fænˈtæstɪk/ Tuyệt vời
19 Fame n /feɪm/ Sự nổi tiếng, danh tiếng
20 Famous adj /ˈfeɪməs/ Nổi tiếng
21 Important adj /ɪmˈpɔːtnt/ Quan trọng
22 Live adj/ adv /laɪv/ Trực tiếp
23 Loud adj /laʊd/ To, lớn (âm thanh)
24 Music n /ˈmjuːzɪk/ Âm nhạc
25 Necessary adj /ˈnesəsəri/ Cần thiết
26 Origin n /ˈɒrɪdʒɪn/ Nguồn gốc
27 Paint v /peɪn/ Vẽ
28 Plan n, v /plæn/ Kế hoạch, dự định làm gì
29 Portrait n /ˈpɔːtreɪt/ Bức chân dung
31 Prefer v /prɪˈfɜː(r)/ Thích hơn
32 Puppet n /ˈpʌpɪt/ Con rối
33 Perform v /pəˈfɔːm/ Trình diễn, biểu diễn
34 Pleasure n /ˈpleʒə(r)/ Niềm vui
35 Parade n /pəˈreɪd/ Đoàn diễu hành
36 Quiet adj /ˈkwaɪət/ Yên tĩnh, yên lặng (âm thanh)
37 Recent adj /ˈriːsnt/ Gần đây
38 Rural adj /ˈrʊərəl/ Thuộc về nông thôn, làng quê
B. PRONUNCIATION
Phụ âm c (special), s (ensure), t (nation), ch (machine), sh (shop)
/ʃ/
Phụ âm g (mirage), s (pleasure), t (equation)
/ʒ/
C. GRAMMAR
❄ Comparisons (So sánh)
🗶 Comparison with “AS ... AS” (So sánh bằng)
Adjective (Tính  S + be + as adj as + [O / S + aux]
từ) (Phủ định có thể dùng so...as)
Adverb  S + V + as adv as + [O / S + aux]
(Trạng từ) (Phủ định có thể dùng so...as)
Quantity  Số lượng nhiều với danh từ đếm được số nhiều
(Số lượng) S + V + as + MANY + Ns + as + [O / S + aux]
 Số lượng nhiều với danh từ không đếm được
S + V + as + MUCH + Nkđđ + as + [O / S + aux]
 Số lượng ít với danh từ đếm được số nhiều
S + V + as + FEW + Ns + as + [O / S + aux]
 Số lượng ít với danh từ không đếm được
S + V + as + LITTLE + Nkđđ + as + [O / S + aux]
Multiple  Muốn hình thành so sánh chứa bội số, ta thêm bội số vào trước cụm
Numbers "AS...AS"
(Bội số)  Một số bội số hay gặp: half (một nửa), twice (gấp đôi), three times (gấp ba) ...
S + V + (half, twice...) + as + many/ much + (N) + as + 0
Examples:
✔ Jane is as beautiful as her sister.
✔ Bill didn’t run so quickly as Ben did.
✔ I have as many friends as John.
✔ I don’t have as much experience as Lan.
✔ This pen costs twice as much as this book.
🗶 Comparison with “The same as”
 S + V + the same + N + as + O / pronoun
Example:
✔ Linh has the same hair as mine.
 N1 + be + the same as + N2 / pronoun
Example:
✔ Linh’s hair is the same as mine.
🗶 Like / Similar to / Different from
 N1 + be + similar to + N2 / pronoun: giống như/ giống với
 S + V + O + like + O: giống như/ giống với
Like = similar to / the same as: mang hàm nghĩa là "giống như" (thường diễn
đạt ngoại hình hay thói quen), và thường đi với các động từ chỉ cảm giác
(look, sound, feel, taste, seem ...)
Example:
✔ His shirt is similar to mine.
✔ She looks like her father.
 N1 + be + different from + N2 / pronoun: khác với
 S + V + (a) different + N + from + O: ... cái gì khác với ...
Example:
✔ My dress is different from yours.
✔ I have a different dress from you.
D. PRACTICE
PART 1. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Put the words into the correct column according the underlined part.
fashion fiction ocean closure musician
exhibition optional wash invasion shoulder
show essential shark shelter usually
special short vision leisure social
/ʃ/ /ʒ/
1. A. anthem B. artist C. affect D. colour
2. A. carpenter B. celebrate C. exhibit D. educate
3. A. compel B. critic C. music D. famous
4. A. rural B. parade C. puppet D. photo
5. A. portrait B. famous C. prefer D. critic
I. VOCABULARY
artist colour music loud famous
paint folktale exhibit puppet pleasure
1. 2. 3. 4. 5
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
3. A. rock B. rap C. ballet D. pop
4. A. film director B. film producer C. singer D. actor
6. A. geography B. baby C. music D. science
7. A. control B. compose C. perform D. photography
8. A. puppet B. rural C. sculpture D. anthem
9. A. display B. cartoon C. paddle D. performance
10. A. support B. opera C. music D. atmosphere
A B
1. T-R-A-T-S-I a. the point from which something starts; the cause of something
🡪
2. P-C-O-E-M-L b. known about by many people
🡪
3. O-F-A-U-M-S c. a liquid that is put on surfaces to give them a particular colour; a
🡪 layer of this liquid when it has dried on a surface
4. U-M-I-C-S d. to like one thing or person better than another; to choose one thing
🡪 rather than something else because you like it better
5. R-O-G-I-N-I e. to force somebody to do something; to make something necessary
🡪
6. I-P-N-A-T f. a model of a person or an animal that can be made to move, for
🡪 example by pulling strings attached to parts of its body or by putting
your hand inside it
7. R-P-E-F-E-R g. making very little noise
🡪
8. U-P-P-E-P-T h. sounds that are arranged in a way that is pleasant or exciting to listen
🡪 to. People sing music or play it on instruments.
9. U-T-E-l-Q i. that happened or began only a short time ago
🡪
10. T-R-N-E-C-E j. a person who creates works of art, especially paintings or drawings
🡪
II. GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Write the comparative form of equality (as ... as) of the following adjectives or adverbs in
brackets.
1. This cake is _________________________ that cake. (sweet)
2. My laptop is _________________________ yours. (expensive)
3. This actress acts _________________________ that one. (excellently)
4. Does a tiger run _________________________ a cheetah? (fast)
5. Simon is _________________________ his brother. (brave)
6. Is an elephant _________________________ a whale? (heavy)
7. Emma is _________________________ Judy. (studious)
8. Did he do the test _________________________ you? (badly)
9. I slept _________________________ my mother last night. (well)
10. Ben cooks _________________________ his friend. John. (badly)
Exercise 2. Write the comparative form of inequality (not as / so ... as) of the following adjectives or
adverbs in brackets.
1. She is not _________________________ her sister. (charming)
2. My car isn’t running _________________________ that one. (fast)
3. A bird is not _________________________ a butterfly. (colourful)
4. A wolf is not _________________________ a puppy. (friendly)
5. Fast food isn’t _________________________ salad. (healthy)
6. Those shoes aren’t _________________________ these ones. (loose)
7. We don’t work _________________________ him. (hard)
8. I didn’t leave home _________________________ them. (early)
9. She doesn’t take care of babies _________________________ my mom. (carefully)
10. A computer isn’t _________________________ a book. (light)
Exercise 3. Fill in the blanks with “different” or “the same”.
1. Your house looks _________________________ from my house.
2. John has _________________________ job as my brother.
3. His ideas are little _________________________ from those of his friends.
4. The book’s _________________________ from the last time I read it.
5. My opinion is _________________________ from yours.
6. Ann's salary is _________________________ as mine.
7. Your motorbike has _________________________ weight as my motorbike.
8. Humans are _________________________ from other animals.
9. This apple has _________________________ flavor as that apple.
10. The apple is _________________________ weight as the orange.
Exercise 4. Match column A with column B to make meaningful sentences.
A B
1. Football is a. now than before she went to England.
2. Van’s accent is more different b. the same shoes as you.
3. I am not c. the class is as tall as Diana.
4. She wears d. different from other kinds of sport.
5. Sporting competition e. same purpose as before.
6. I am as tall f. as my sister.
7. He was born on the same g. is different from other kinds.
8. This cat is not so h. beautiful as that one.
9. He reuses things for the i. day as me.
10. No girl in j. as clever as my brother.
1. My younger brother has as many toys (as / from) me.
2. No other island in the world is (as large as / different large from) Greenland.
3. The cake tastes (different / the same) as chocolate.
4. I have (different / as) much money as my older brother.
5. Life in the city is (different /the same) from life in the countryside.
6. My book is (same / as) interesting as yours.
7. His house is different (from / as) my house.
8. No other writer in English (is / are) as famous as Shakespeare.
9. No other metal is as (use / useful) as iron.
10. Your hat (look / looks) the same as Mary’s.
Exercise 6. Complete the sentences by using “as... as”; “not as... as”; “different... from”.
1. Ms. Hoa is _________________________ Mrs. Lan. (attractive)
2. Her daughter is _________________________ her. (beautiful)
3. That dog _________________________ it looks. (not dangerous)
4. Living in Valencia _________________________ living in Paris is. (not expensive)
5. Schools in Viet Nam are _________________________ schools in the USA. (different)
6. Learning French is _________________________ learning English, (difficult)
7. These trees _________________________ those. (same)
8. Vios _________________________ Mazda 3. (not luxurious)
9. His appearance is _________________________ what I have expected. (different)
10. His job is _________________________ mine. (important)
Exercise 7. The word in bold at the end of each of the following sentences can be used to form a word
that fits suitably in each blank.
1. Tran Van Can is my favourite _________. He is famous for the painting “Little ART
sister Diep”.
2. Tra Giang is one of the most famous _________ of Viet Nam. Many people ACT
love her.
3. I think a good knowledge of arts and music is a _________ for anyone. NECESSARY
4. The _________ she gave last night was marvelous. PERFORM
5. Water puppetry _________ in the villages of the Red River Delta. ORIGIN
6. The DAN BAU is a Vietnamese traditional _________ instrument. MUSIC
7. _________ is the art of taking and processing photographs. PHOTOGRAPH
8. I don’t like pop music because it is not as _________ as rock and roll. EXCITE
9. Peter has received a letter of _________ to see a water puppet show this INVITE
Sunday.
10. Mai wanted to share her _________ with other people. PLEASE
1. No one else in the class plays the guitar __________ John.
A. as well B. as far as C. so well as D. as soon as
2. The Brit School is the most famous __________ arts school in Britain
A. performing B. performance C. perform D. performed
3. Jane is not __________ her brother.
A. more intelligent as B. intelligent as
C. so intelligent as D. so intelligent that
4. Since the 1970s, the festival in Glastonbury has taken __________ almost every year and has grown in size.
A. part B. place C. note D. notice
5. He drives as __________ his father does.
A. careful as B. more carefully
C. the most careful D. carefully as
6. Dong Ho paintings are made on __________ paper with beautiful __________ colors.
A. traditional - nature B. tradition – natural
C. tradition - nature D. traditional – natural
7. I’ll be there __________ l can.
A. sooner as B. no sooner as C. as soon as D. soonest as
8. My village is not __________ it was ten years ago.
A. the same as B. the same to C. same as D. the same
9. The villagers are __________ they were years ago. There is no change at all.
A. differently from B. not as friendly as
C. as friend as D. as friendly as
10. Water puppetry __________ in the 11th century in the villages of the Red River Delta of North Viet Nam.
A. originated B. formed C. started D. began
11. The puppet shows present __________ themes of Vietnamese villages.
A. city B. urban C. village D. rural
12. No one in my class is __________ beautiful __________ her.
A. as - as B. more - as C. as - than D. the – more
13. The group is __________ for their albums and tours around the world.
A. well-knows B. know-how C. well-prepared D. well-known
14. Going by train isn’t __________ convenient as going by car.
A. so B. as C. more D. A & B are correct.
15. The performance of puppetry show __________ in the countryside and __________.
A. everyday life – folk rock B. every day life – folk people
C. everyday life – folktales D. every day life – folk stories
16. Classical music is not _________ as pop music.
A. exciting B. more excited C. as exciting D. as excited
17. The test is not _________ difficult _________ it was last month.
A. as - as B. so - as C. more - as D. A & B are correct.
18. This year's musical festival is not _________ it was last year.
A. different from B. worse C. as good as D. as well as
19. He works _________ we do.
A. harder B. as hard as C. harder D. so hard as
20. Marie is not _________ intelligent _________ her sister.
A. more-as B.so-so C. so-as D. the-of
1. Playing the piano is as difficult as play the guitar. __________
2. Can a horse run same fast as a train? __________
3. You should try as hardly as you can. __________
4. My writing style is totally same from Tom’s. __________
5. His car runs the same speed from mine. __________
6. My best friend and I went to same school. __________
7. This fridge isn’t as good as mine old one. __________
8. Spending time on computers isn’t as entertaining than spending time with __________
friends.
9. She does not as famous as she was before. __________
10. This camera is as better as it was before. __________
III. READING
radio and favourite good spare
James:
My (1) __________ type of music ranges from Rap and R&B to Punk (2) __________ Hard Rock. The
only genre of music I don’t really care for is Country. I think it’s a (3) __________ thing to have a wide
ranging taste in music.
Joongih:
I don’t really have a favourite type of music. If a song comes out on the (4) __________ and it catches my
attention, I find out the name and the artist or group who sings it and I then download it. Eventually, these
songs of different genres become what I listen to in my (5) __________ time.
Exercise 2. Read the following passage and write T (True) or F (False) for each statement.
In the 1960s, The Beatles were probably the most famous pop group in the whole world. Since then, there
have been a great many groups that have achieved enormous fame, so it is perhaps difficult now to imagine
how sensational The Beatles were at that time. They were four boys from the north of England and none of
them had any training in music. They started by performing and recording songs by black Americans and they
had some success with these songs. Then they started writing their own songs and that was when they became
really popular. The Beatles changed pop music. They were the first pop group to achieve great success from
songs they had written themselves. After that it became common for groups and singers to write their own
songs.
1. Prior to The Beatles, it was usual for groups to write their own songs.
2. The Beatles were the most famous pop group in the 1960s.
3. The Beatles did not succeed with the songs by black Americans.
4. Some members of The Beatles studied music at school.
5. The Beatles achieved great success with the song they had written.
SCHOOL OF ROCK
Have you seen the film School of Rocks? It’s about a rock musician who became a teacher. The film is
based on a real music school which is run by Paul Green. Paul Green started the first School of Rock in 1998
in Philadelphia in the USA. He gave students rock music lessons after school, but he wanted to do more. Now
he gives them the chance to play in rock concerts. “Some of our students have never played in front of a real
audience before. We teach them how to do it,” he says. He has already taught hundreds of young people to be
rock performers, and now there are 30 schools of rock in different towns in the USA.
1. How many students has he taught?
______________________________________________________________.
2. How many schools of rock are there in the USA?
______________________________________________________________.
3. When did Paul Green start his first rock school?
______________________________________________________________.
4. What is the film School of Rock about?
______________________________________________________________.
5. What does he teach his students to do?
______________________________________________________________.
VI. WRITING
1. Japanese / well / Lan / as / learns / as / he / does.
______________________________________________________________.
2. Nha Trang / as / city / is / as / not / Hue. / cold
______________________________________________________________.
3. not / music / Pop / is / roll. / exciting / as / rock / and / as
______________________________________________________________.
4. one. / This / is / novel / same / as / that / the
______________________________________________________________.
5. Many / tourists / to / Viet Nam / water / the / to / show. / see / puppet / come
___________________________________________________________________.
6. Her / is / different / lifestyle / from / yours.
______________________________________________________________.
7. In / traditional / the / Dan Bau / is / Viet Nam, / a /musical / instrument.
______________________________________________________________.
8. not / Young Talent / safe / as / is / as / Nightingale.
______________________________________________________________.
9. in / You / see / many / can / interesting / portraits / that / art / gallery.
______________________________________________________________.
10. have / Films / usually / more / than / one / actor.
______________________________________________________________.
Exercise 2. Combine the sentences using the words in brackets.
1. Mr. Pike teaches history of arts. Mrs. May teaches history of music. (same subject)
_______________________________________________________________________.
2. This bike is 800,000 VND. That bike is 600,000 VND. (price … different)
_______________________________________________________________________.
3. My house is small and old. Your house is spacious and modern. (different from)
_______________________________________________________________________.
4. Classical music is interesting. Folk music is interesting. (as … as)
_______________________________________________________________________.
5. Mr. Owen speaks English. Mrs. Phan speaks English. (same language)
_______________________________________________________________________.
6. Huyen My sings beautifully. Her sister sings more beautifully than her. (as … as)
_______________________________________________________________________.
7. The new sculpture is 4 metres high. The old sculpture is 4.2 metres high. (as … as)
_______________________________________________________________________.
8. My sister’s hair is long and wavy. My hair is short and straight. (different from)
_______________________________________________________________________.
9. Van Gogh is Dutch. Picasso is Spanish. (nationality … different)
_______________________________________________________________________.
10. This house is green. That house is yellow. (color … different)
_______________________________________________________________________.
UNIT 5. FOOD AND DRINK
A. VOCABULARY
Part of
speech
1 Add v /æd/ Thêm vào
2 Bone n /bəʊn/ Xương
3 Broth n /brɔːθ/ Nước hầm xương
4 Cooking oil n /ˈkʊkɪŋ ɒɪl/ Dầu ăn
5 Chili n /ˈtʃɪli/ ớt
6 Cuisine n /kwɪˈziːn/ Ấm thực
7 Dish n /dɪʃ/ Món ăn
8 Fragrant adj ˈfreɪɡrənt/ Thơm
Flavor n /ˈfleɪvə(r)/ Hương vị
Bitter adj /ˈbɪtə(r)/ Đắng
Sweet adj /swiːt/ Ngọt
Salty adj /ˈsɔːlti/ Mặn
Spicy adj /ˈspaɪsi Cay
9 Sour adj /ˈsaʊə(r)/ Chua
10 Flour n /ˈflaʊə(r)/ Bột mì
11 Fizzy drink n /ˈfɪzi drɪŋk/ Nước ngọt có ga
12 Fork n /fɔːrk/ Dĩa
13 Garlic n /ˈɡɑːrlɪk/ Tỏi
14 Heat n, v /hiːt/ Nhiệt, đun nóng
15 Ham n /hæm/ Thịt xông khói
16 Ingredient n /ɪnˈɡriːdiənt/ Nguyên liệu, thành phần
17 Juice n /dʒuːs/ Nước hoa quả
18 Lemonade n /ˌleməˈneɪd/ Nước chanh
19 Lettuce n /ˈletɪs/ Rau xà lách
20 Mixture n /ˈmɪkstʃə(r)/ Hỗn hợp
21 Omelette n /ˈɑːmlət/ Trứng ốp la
22 Pancake n /ˈpænkeɪk/ Bánh xèo
23 Pepper n /ˈpepər/ Hạt tiêu, ớt chuông
24 Pork n /pɔːrk/ Thịt lợn
26 Recipe n /ˈresəpi/ Công thức nấu ăn
27 Rice paper n /ˈraɪs peɪpər/ Bánh đa nem
28 Sweet soup n /swiːt suːp / Chè
29 Shrimp n /ʃrɪmp/ Tôm
30 Spring roll n /ˌsprɪŋ ˈrəʊl/ Nem, chả giò
31 Sauce n /sɔːs/ Nước sốt
32 Stew v /stjuː Hầm
33 Snack n /snæk/ Đồ ăn nhẹ
34 Sticky rice n /ˌstɪki ˈraɪs/ Xôi
35 Sausage n /ˈsɔːsɪdʒ/ Xúc xích
36 Scallion n /ˈskæliən/ Hành lá
37 Spice n /spaɪs/ Gia vị
38 Tofu n /ˈtəʊfuː/ Tàu hũ, đậu hũ
39 Turmeric n /ˈtɜːrmərɪk/ Nghệ
Tasty = /ˈteɪsti/ = /dɪˈlɪʃəs/
adj Ngon
40 delicious
B. PRONUNCIATION
Nguyên âm ngắn o (dog)
/ɒ/
Nguyên âm dài a (tall), o (born), au (fault), aw (law), oa (board)
/ɔː/
C. GRAMMAR
❄ Some, a lot of, lots of
Some - Dùng trong câu khẳng định E.g: I have some friends.
- Đứng trước danh từ đếm được số nhiều và danh E.g: I have bought some apples.
từ không đếm được
- Some cũng được dùng trong câu hỏi E.g: Would you like some cake?
A lot of - Đứng trước danh từ đếm được và không đếm E.g: I went to a lot of concerts.
được
Lots of - Dùng trước danh từ đếm được và không đếm E.g: We spent lots of money.
được
D. PRACTICE
PART 1. PHONETICS
1. A. one B. bottle C. coffee D. pot
2. A. morning B. what C. problem D. yogurt
3. A. talk B. salt C. sausage D. cause
4. A. pork B. flower C. cow D. flour
5. A. noodle B. food C. soon D. cook
1. A. cooking B. chili C. bamboo D. fragrant
2. A. cuisine B. flavor C. salty D. spicy
3. A. garlic B. lettuce C. pancake D. prepare
4. A. sausage B. tasty C. appear D. colour
5. A. consider B. carpenter C. delicious D. ingredient
I. VOCABULARY
flour omelette shrimp sausage(s) scallions
lemonade bone chili fork snack
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. A. beef B. carrot C. lamb D. pork
2. A. coffee B. fruit juice C. tea D. tomato
3. A. cakes B. chocolate C. nuts D. fish
4. A. apple B. banana C. lemon D. pork
5. A. beans B. eggs C. salad D. mushrooms
6. A. bean B. pork C. beef D. chicken
7. A. pear B. melon C. peach D. salad
8. A. yogurt B. tea C. butter D. cheese
9. A. apple B. banana C. egg D. grape
10. A. carrot B. onion C. potato D. orange
A B
1. O-B-E-N a. the small green or red fruit of a type of pepper plant that is used in
cooking to give a hot taste to food, often dried or made into powder, also
called chili or chili powder
2. I-H-C-I-L b. the liquid that comes from fruit or vegetables; a drink made from this
3. A-L-F-V-R-O c. a small meal or amount of food, usually eaten in a hurry
4. E-H-T-A d. meat from a pig that has not been cured (= preserved using salt or
smoke)
5. C-J-E-I-U e. being hot/ temperature
6. K-O-P-R f. how food or drink tastes
7. C-S-K-A-N g. a dish of meat and/or vegetables cooked slowly in liquid in a container
that has a lid (= cover)
8. R-S-I-M-H-P h. a set of instructions that tells you how to cook something and the
ingredients (= items of food) you need for it
9. W-E-S-T i. any of the hard parts that form the skeleton of the body of a human or an
animal
10. E-R-E-P-C-I j. a small shellfish that can be eaten, like a prawn but smaller. Shrimps
turn pink when cooked
II. GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Put the words in the box in the correct column.
Pasta; Beef; Milk; Salmon; Tea; Tuna; Peas; Beans; Yoghurt; Coffee; Chicken; Ice-cream; Rice; Pork;
Bacon; Sausages; Butter; Flour; Bread; Noodles; Cucumber; Wine; Oranges; Bananas; Cod; Peppers;
Beer; Pears; Strawberries; Tomatoes; Prawns; Cream; Lemonade; Grapes; Lamb; Ham.
Dairy
Meat Seafood Fruit Vegetables Drinks Cereals
Products
Exercise 2. Write c next to countable nouns and u next to uncountable nouns.
1. cherry 6. meat 11. melon 16. bread
2. milk 7. orange 12.honey 17. child
3. juice 8. girl 13. burger 18. air
4. potato 9. butter 14. cream 19. salt
5. tea 10. rice 15. sandwich 20. fan
1. I need to buy some new (furniture /furnitures).
2. My mother gave me a cute (puppy /puppies) as a birthday present last week.
3. Peter, could you lend me some (money / moneys)?
4. There are twenty (girl/girls) in my class.
5. My dad usually has a cup of (coffee /coffees) every morning.
6. I’m looking for some (information /informations) about coronaviruses (CoV).
7. After dinner, I have some (homework / homeworks) to do.
8. How many (book/books) are there on your table?
9. Mom, we ran out of (sugar /sugars). Can you buy some?
10. I have just bought a lot of (cherry/cherries). Would you like some?
Exercise 4. Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the nouns.
1. I need some (apple) __________ for this recipe.
2. There’s some (water) __________ in the bottle.
3. There are a lot of/ lots of (person) __________ in the room.
4. She likes coffee with a lot of/ lots of (sugar) __________.
5. How many (pen) __________ do you have?
6. How much (butter) __________ do you need?
7. We need two (tablespoon) __________ of cold water.
8. Have you got any (money) __________?
9. I have some (friend) __________.
10. A lot of (student) __________ are studying in the library.
Exercise 5. Fill in the blanks with “How much” or “How many”.
1. __________ members are there in your family?
2. __________ sugar do you need?
3. __________ time do you spend playing games every day?
4. __________ times have you been to Phu Quoc?
5. __________ cousins do you have?
6. __________ is this clock?
7. __________ water should I drink daily?
8. __________ bowls are there in the cupboard?
9. __________ bottles of water are there in the fridge?
10. __________ salt is there?
Exercise 6. Fill in the blanks with “some” or “any”.
1. Can I have __________ more milk, please?
2. Has Jane got __________ brothers or sisters?
3. I haven’t got __________ work to do.
4. Is there __________ news about the new project?
5. I’ve got __________ news for you.
6. There isn’t __________ information on the computer about this.
7. Would you like __________ help?
8. Could you get me __________ stamps, please?
9. We went out with __________ friends last night.
10. Is there __________ wine left?
Exercise 7. Complete the sentences with: “a/ an” or “some/ any”.
1. I need __________ sugar.
2. I haven’t got __________ money.
3. This is __________ very good diet.
4. You need __________ oil in your diet, but not a lot.
5. I’ve got __________ information for you.
6. We don’t need __________ more white paint.
7. Shall I get __________ melon for dinner?
8. I’ll get __________ butter while I’m at the shop.
9. Would you like __________ apple?
10. We need __________ bars of chocolate for the party.
Exercise 8. Complete the sentences with “a, an, some, any, much, many” or “a lot of/ lots of.
1. I have to go to the market now. There isn’t __________ food for our dinner.
2. How __________ bottles of orange juice are there in the fridge?
3. Would you like __________ sugar for your coffee?
4. How __________ butter do you need for your pancakes?
5. There are __________ trees in our village, so the air here is very fresh.
6. How __________ chairs does Minh need for the party?
7. I’m very busy, I have __________ things to do today.
8. We have only __________ bottle of fish sauce.
9. We didn’t have __________ beef left, so we had __________ fish for lunch.
10. He was munching on __________ apple.
1. __________? - There's some meat and some rice.
A. What's for lunch B. What's lunch
C. What's lunch for D. Where's lunch for
2. Coffee is __________.
A. favourite my drink B. my favourite drink
C. drink my favourite D. my drink favourite
3. What would you like? - __________.
A. I like some apple juice. B. I'd like any apple juice.
C. I'd like some apple juice D. I'd like an apple juice.
4. My hobby is __________.
A. cooking B. cook C. to cook D. cooked
5. We hate __________ the dishes.
A. wash B. to washing C. washed D. washing
6. I do not have __________ oranges, but I have__________ apples.
A. any/any B. some/any C. any/some D. a/some
7. What is there __________?
A. drinking B. drink C. drank D. to drink
8. There is __________ fruit juice in the fridge.
A. any B. some C. a D. many
9. There is __________ tofu, but there aren’t __________ sandwiches.
A. some-some B. any-any C. some-any D. any-some
10. How many __________ do you need?
A. cartons of yogurt B. packet of yogurt
C. carton of yogurt D. yogurt
11. Can you tell me __________ this dish?
A. to cook B. how to cook C. cooking D. how to cooking
12. What __________ do I need to cook an omelette?
A. food B. material C. menu D. ingredients
13. In Viet Nam, spring rolls are served __________ at a family gathering or anniversary dinner.
A. most B. almost C. most of D. mostly
14. “What is your __________ dish for breakfast? - “It’s beef noodle soup”
A. favourite B. most C. best D. liking
15. How many __________ do you eat every day?
A. orange B. milk C. apple D. apples
16. Cakes in Viet Nam are made __________ butter, eggs, and flour.
A. in B. from C. of D. by
17. Lan’s brother is a __________ working at Metropolitan Restaurant.
A. cooker B. cooking C. chief D. chef
18. What __________ drink do you like most?
A. nation B. foreign C. foreigner D. favourite
19. “Do you want to __________ this new dish of noodles I have just cooked?”
A. like B. drink C. try D. make
20. The eel soup that your father has just cooked tastes very __________.
A. delicious B. best C. healthy D. well
1. She teaches in an nice big school. _________
2. How many book do you have? _________
3. If he needs any more moneys, please let me know. _________
4. Let’s have noodles with some beefs or pork. _________
5. Among the much special dishes in Ha Noi, pho is the most popular. _________
6. How many water do you need? _________
7. He can have any orange juice instead of milk. _________
8. How many sandwich are there in your bag? _________
9. There’s some rices left from lunch. _________
10. Pho have a very special taste. _________
III. READING
Exercise 1. Read the text and complete the chart.
Roy and Joan
I’m Roy and this is my wife, Joan. We live on a farm, so we have to get up early, at about 5.30. We
start a day with a big breakfast - bacon, sausages, and eggs, with tomatoes and mushrooms. We have toast, too,
and two or three cups of tea.
Our big meal of the day is lunch at 12 o’clock. We have meat with potatoes and vegetables, then a big
pudding, such as apple pie and custard, and a cup of tea.
At five o’clock we have tea. That’s a light meal- eggs perhaps, or cheese on toast, and then cakes or
biscuits and another cup of tea. On Fridays and Saturdays, we go to the pub in the evenings and we have a few
pints of beer.
Meals When What
1. Breakfast ____________ ____________
2. ____________ ____________ ____________
3. ____________ ____________ ____________
Exercise 2. Rearrange the following sentences in the correct order about "How to make Fried rice".
FRIED RICE
1. Remember to serve hot.
2. Firstly, we beat the eggs with salt, pepper, and onion.
3. Next, we add 2 tablespoons of oil, add the rice, stir-fry for a few minutes, using chopsticks to break it apart,
and stir in the soy sauce.
4. We will prepare: 1-2 green onions, 2 large eggs, 1 teaspoon of salt, a teaspoon of pepper, 4 tablespoons of
oil, 4 cups of cold cooked rice, 1-2 tablespoons of light soy sauce.
5. Then we heat the pan and add 2 tablespoons of oil.
6. When the rice is heated through, we add the mixture back into the pan.
7. When the oil is hot, pour the mixture into the pan. When it is hot, take it out and clean out the pan.
Exercise 3. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with the correct words in the box.
Thanksgiving 1621 Indians thousands headdress
religious popcorn 1930s go theatres
WHO INVENTED POPCORN?
Popcorn is a delicacy that was developed by the (1) _________ of North America, dated back (2) _________
of years. Besides eating popped com, the Indians also used popped com in (3) _________, necklaces and in (4)
_________ ceremonies. According to most sources, a deerskin bag full of (5) _________ was served at the
first (6) _________ dinner at Plymouth Rock in (7) _________.
Popcorn’s popularity grew during the Depression of the (8) _________ when people realised that a little
popcorn could (9) _________ a long way. But its success was clinched when movie (10) _________ across the
continent started serving the snack. By 1947, 85 percent of movie houses were selling popcorn at their
concession stands.
VI. WRITING
Exercise 1. Reorder the words/ phrases to make correct sentences.
How to make the perfect pancake
1. and / the / eggs / Beat / with / sugar, / flour / milk. / together
________________________________________________________________.
2. oil / the / in / heat / medium / Heat / over / a / frying / pan.
________________________________________________________________.
3. Pour / about / 1/4 cup / of / into / pan / mixture / the / time. / at / a / the
________________________________________________________________.
4. Cook / golden. / until
________________________________________________________________.
How to make fried tofu
1. Put citronella, / pepper, and chilies / together / and stir. / salt, / into a bowl
________________________________________________________________.
2. into small / square pieces / and / the bowl with mixture. / Cut tofo / put them into
________________________________________________________________.
3. Heat / the oil / medium heat / in / over / a frying pan.
________________________________________________________________.
4. the mixture of / and / into the pan. / Pour / tofu / spices
________________________________________________________________.
5. Overlap/ smells/ it/ tofu/ until it’s/ golden/ and/ fragrant./ fry/ and
________________________________________________________________.
6. with / salad / and tomato. / Serve
________________________________________________________________.
Exercise 2. Rewrite the second sentence using the given word(s) so that it has a similar meaning to the
first sentence.
1. How many plums would you like to buy? (want)
________________________________________________________________.
2. I like orange juice best. (My)
________________________________________________________________.
3. How much was your jacket? (How much/ What)
________________________________________________________________.
4. This is the oldest house in the street. (No)
________________________________________________________________.
5. Fried chicken is my son’s favourite food. (My)
________________________________________________________________.
6. Does your sister cook well? (Is)
________________________________________________________________.
7. Would he like to eat some bread? (Does)
________________________________________________________________.
8. It’s easy for Ann to arrange flowers. (finds)
________________________________________________________________.
9. Her new apartment is more modem than the old one. (Her old)
________________________________________________________________.
10. Huong is Ms. Van’s niece. (Huong’s)
________________________________________________________________.
UNIT 6. A VISIT TO SCHOOL
A. VOCABULARY
Part of
speech
1 Abroad adv /əˈbrɔːd/ Nước ngoài
2 Brilliant adj /ˈbrɪliənt/ Kiệt xuất, tài giỏi
3 Campus n /ˈkæmpəs/ Khuôn viên trường
4 Canteen n /kænˈtiːn/ Căng-tin
5 Classroom n /ˈklɑːsruːm/ Phòng học, lớp học
6 Compass n /ˈkʌmpəs/ La bàn
7 Computer n /kəmˈpjuːtər/ Máy vi tính
8 Courtyard n /ˈkɔːrtjɑːrd/ Sân trong
9 Desk n /desk/ Bàn học
10 Dormitory n ˈdɔːrmətɔːri/ Ký túc xá
11 Education n /ˌedʒuˈkeɪʃn/ Nền giáo dục
12 Erect v /ɪˈrekt/ Xây dựng, đặt thẳng đứng
13 Facilities n /fəˈsɪlətiz/ Trang thiết bị, phương tiện
14 Foundation n /faʊnˈdeɪʃn/ Nền tảng, sự sáng lập
Graduate
15 (from) v /ˈɡrædʒuət/ Tốt nghiệp (từ)
Gym /dʒɪm/
16 n Phòng thể dục
(gymnasium) =/ dʒɪmˈneɪziəm/
17 Hall n /hɔːl/ Hội trường
18 Honest adj /ˈɑːnɪst/ Thật thà, trung thực
19 Infirmary n /ɪnˈfɜːrməri/ Phòng y tế
Laboratory
20 (lab) n /ˈlæbrətɔːri/ Phòng thí nghiệm
21 Learn / study v /lɜːrn/, /ˈstʌdi/ Học
22 Library n /ˈlaɪbreri/ Thư viện
23 Locate v /ˈləʊkeɪt/ Tọa lạc, đặt ờ vị trí
24 Luggage n /ˈlʌɡɪdʒ/ Hành lý
25 Marker n /ˈmɑːrkər Bút viết bảng
26 Pack v /pæk/ Gói, bọc, chuẩn bị đồ
27 Pavilion n /pəˈvɪliən/ Sảnh
29 Projector n /prəˈdʒektər/ Máy chiếu
30 Reach v /riːtʃ/ Đến
31 Revise v /rɪˈvaɪz/ Ôn lại
32 Scholar n /ˈskɑːlər/ Học giả, nhà nghiên cứu
33 Schoolyard n /ˈskuːljɑːrd/ Sân trường
34 Staffroom n /ˈstæfruːm/ Phòng giáo viên
35 Succeed v /səkˈsiːd/ Thành công
36 Surround v /səˈraʊnd/ Bao quanh
37 Symbol (of) n /ˈsɪmbl/ Biểu tượng (của)
38 Teach v /tiːtʃ/ Dạy học
39 University n /ˌjuːnɪˈvɜːrsəti/ Trường đại học
40 Whiteboard n /ˈwaɪtbɔːrd/ Bảng trắng
B. PRONUNCIATION
Phụ âm c (cello), t (century), ch (cheap)
/tʃ/
Phụ âm d (soldier), ge (cage), g (gin), j (jug)
/dʒ/
C. GRAMMAR
❄ Prepositions (Giới từ)
 Giới từ là một từ hoặc cụm từ được sử dụng trước danh từ/ đại từ để chỉ nơi chốn, vị trí, thời gian, cách thức.
 Giới từ đứng sau TO BE, trước DANH TỪ; sau ĐỘNG TỪ hoặc sau TÍNH TỪ.
① Prepositions of time (Giới từ chỉ thời gian)
- at (lúc, vào lúc) + thời gian trong ngày và E.g: at 5 o 'clock, at 11:45, at Không dùng các
vào những ngày lễ midnight, at Christmas giới từ in, on,
- on (vào) + ngày, ngày tháng, ngày tháng E.g: on Wednesday, on April 15 , at trước every,
th
năm và các ngày cụ thể on 20 July 1992, on Christmas last, next, this,
day, on Friday morning, on my tomorrow,
birthday yesterday...
E.g: in 1998, in September, in
- in (trong, vào) + tháng năm mùa thế kỷ March 1999, in the winter, in the
và các buổi trong ngày (ngoại trừ at night) 21st century
- after (sau, sau khi) E.g: after lunch
- before (trước, trước khi) E.g: the day before yesterday
- between (giữa hai khoảng thời gian) E.g: between Monday and Friday
- for (trong khoảng thời gian) E.g: for 20 minutes
- since (từ, từ khi) E.g: since 1982
- till/ until (đến, cho đến khi) E.g: He slept from 8 a.m till/ until 3 p.m.
- up to (đến, cho đến) E.g: Up to now, she s been quiet.
② Prepositions of place (Giới từ chỉ nơi chốn)
- Giới từ chỉ nơi chốn là những từ thường đi kèm với những danh từ chỉ nơi chốn, địa điểm, vị trí để miêu tả
hoặc xác định vị trí của chủ ngữ trong các hoàn cảnh cụ thể.
In + vũ trụ, thành phố, thị trấn,
E.g: in space; in Ha Noi
quốc gia
- In (trong, ở) + Không In + khoảng không gian E.g: in a row; in the room
gian khái quát
In + phương hướng E.g: in the South/ East/ West/North
In + ô tô E.g: in a car; in a taxi
On + vị trí trên bề mặt, vị trí E.g: on the chair, on the left, on the
table
- On (trên) + Không On + tên đường phố, tầng E.g: on Nguyen Trai Street; on the
gian cụ thể second floor
On + phương tiện đi lại (trừ car,
E.g: on the bus
taxi, helicopter)
- At (tại) + Địa điểm At + địa chỉ cụ thể E.g: at 128 Luong The Vinh Street
cụ thể At + nơi làm việc/ học tập/ email E.g: at school
- In front of
E.g: I am standing in front of his school.
(phía trước)
- Behind
E.g: The cat is behind the ball.
(phía sau)
- Between
E.g: She is standing between Jenny and Kevin.
(ở giữa)
- Next to/ beside
E.g: Guards stand next to the entrance of the bank.
(bên cạnh)
- Above/ over
E.g: This mountain is 500m above sea level.
(ở trên, cao hơn)
- Under/ below
E.g: Your cat is under the chair.
(ởd ưới, thấp hơn)
D. PRACTICE
PART 1. PHONETICS
itchy jazz chest feature children
journey jam sausage subject cheerful
teacher stranger originate heritage culture
charity exchange passenger encourage coach
/tʃ/ /dʒ/
1. A. abroad B. campus C. compass D. honest
2. A. symbol B. revise C. marker D. version
3. A. projector B. foundation C. computer D. turmeric
4. A. study B. succeed C. canteen D. erect
5. A. whiteboard B. teacher C. scholar D. prepare
I. VOCABULARY
luggage library compass teach university
computer learn projector desk canteen
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. A. pavilion B.pagoda C. tutor D. temple
2. A. comment B. entrance C. bamboo D. blanket
3. A. teacher B. college C. professor D. lecture
4. A. revision B. decision C. grocery D. collection
5. A. learn B. teach C. study D. locate
6. A. forest B. effect C. locate D. admire
7. A. form B. found C. establish D. find
8. A. exchange B. gather C. invent D. remain
9. A. village B. high school C. university D. college
10. A. pagoda B. encourage C. collection D. Hamburger
A B
1. B-R-A-D-O-A a. to prepare for an exam by looking again at work that you have done
2. C-N-T-A-E-N-E b. always telling the truth, and never stealing or cheating
3. O-C-S-M-S-A-P c. to build something
4. R-T-E-C-E d. a pen with a thick felt tip
e. to give lessons to students in a school, college, university, etc.; to help
5. S-O-E-T-N-H
somebody learn something by giving information about it
6. Y-I-A-L-R-B-R f. in or to a foreign country
7. A-R-M-E-K-R g. an instrument for finding direction, with a needle that always points to
the north
8. E-T-A-H-C h. to protect something that breaks easily by surrounding it with soft
material
i. a building in which collections of books, newspapers, etc. and sometimes
9. E-R-S-V-I-E
films and recorded music are kept for people to read, study or borrow
10. C-P-K-A j. a place where food and drink are served in a factory, a school, etc.
II. GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Fill in the blanks with “in” or “at”.
1. I will see you ________ the train station.
2. There is no soup ________ the bowl.
3. You should put the meat ________ the fridge to keep it fresh.
4. My mother came to pick me up ________ the airport.
5. My father is ________ work right now. He often finishes at 5 p.m.
6. Get off the bus ________ the next stop.
7. She lives ________ a small town ________ France.
8. There are some books ________ the box over there.
9. There is a big bed ________ my room.
10. Sicily is a region ________ the south of Italy.
Exercise 2. Fili in the blanks with “in” or “on”.
1. Who is the man ________ the blue shirt?
2. Do you want your food ________ a bowl or ________ a plate?
3. There are different kinds of fruits ________ the table.
4. There is a water stain ________ the ceiling.
5. There is a good movie ________ TV tonight.
6. People often gather together and watch fireworks ________ New Year’s Eve.
7. My apartment is ________ the fifth floor.
8. My cousin lives ________ a small cozy apartment with his wife.
9. There are lots of shops and restaurants ________ the city center.
10. I put my daughter’s toys ________ a big box.
Exercise 3. Underline the correct prepositions in the following sentences.
1. There are some pictures (on/in/at) the wall.
2. The students are (at/on /under) school now.
3. We go to school (in /by/on) the bus.
4. Is there any juice (under/on /in) the glass?
5. There is a coffee table (at/in /on) the middle of the living room.
6. I live (on /in /at) 30 Cau Giay Street.
7. The bakery is (in /to /on) the right.
8. They live (above/on/in) the fifth floor.
9. My mother is cooking (on /at/in) the kitchen.
10. Bob is sitting (in/on/at) the table.
Exercise 4. Write the following words or phrases in the correct column.
2015 Monday Tet holiday Christmas Day noon
Friday afternoon midday the morning half past six September
March 8th the 1990s Tet seven o’clock autumn
IN ON AT
Exercise 5. Fill in the blanks with “at, on, in,” or “🗶” where no preposition is necessary.
A.
1. We sometimes go shopping ________ the evening.
2. We visit our grandparents ________ Saturday evening.
3. Did you go to your English class ________ yesterday evening?
B.
1. He was born ________ 2015.
2. He was born ________ July, 2015.
3. He was born ________ July 20th, 2015.
C.
1. I go swimming ________ Sundays.
2. I go swimming ________ every Sunday.
3. I go swimming ________ Sunday morning.
4. I went swimming ________ last Sunday.
D.
1. We usually have a holiday ________ summer.
2. We went to Nha Trang ________ summer vacation.
3. We will go to Da Lat ________ next summer.
E.
1. I spend time with my family ________ Christmas.
2. I spend time with my family ________ Christmas Day.
Exercise 6. Put in the blanks the correct prepositions (in / on / at / from ... to). If no preposition is
needed, put “🗶”.
1. A loud noise woke me up ________ midnight yesterday.
2. ________ last week I worked Monday Friday.
3. My mother plays tennis ________ Fridays with her friends.
4. Lucy will visit us ________ next week ________ February the nineteenth.
5. The writer was born ________ the eighteenth century.
6. You should not go alone ________ midnight. And always be careful.
7. The train leaves ________ early tomorrow morning.
8. We decided to meet in front of the restaurant ________ 8 p.m.
9. Do you eat chocolate eggs________ Easter?
10. Amsterdam is a beautiful city, especially ________ spring.
Exercise 7. Fill in the blanks with the correct preposition from the box. You have
to use one preposition twice.
between in next to on under
above of from for in
I am living in an apartment (1) ________ the ninth floor of a building. There is a beautiful view (2) ________
the window. There are six rooms (3) ________ my apartment: a living room, a kitchen, two bathrooms and two
bedrooms. The living room is very big. There is a sofa, a bookshelf and a piano. My mother hung some
pictures on the wall, (4) ________ the piano. One bathroom is (5)the kitchen and the living room. The other
bathroom is (6) ________ my parents’ bedroom. I have my own bedroom. I have got a desk in the comer (7)
________ the room where I do my homework. There is a bookshelf (8) ________ the desk (9) ________ all of
my books and awards that I have received. Also there is a park (10) ________ the building where I can go for a
walk every day with my brother or where I can play with my lovely dog, Myla.
1. The weather is often bad in England ________ January
A. at B. in C. on
2. Where will you go to ________ Christmas Day?
A. on B. in C. at
3. I used to live in London ________ four years.
A. for B. at C. on
4. You will need to send the letter the deadline which is ________ April 3rd.
A. before - on B. after - on C. in - at
5. I will start a Math course ________ the beginning of next month.
A. in B. at C. on
6. ________ the end, my favorite football team won.
A. At B. On C. In
7. My father will not be home ________ next week. He is in Japan now.
A. until B. on C. in
8. Students won’t be allowed to use calculators ________ the exam.
A. for B. after C. during
9. The meeting will be ________ next Friday evening.
A. on B. in C. 🗶
10. What do you usually do ________ Tet?
A. at B. in C. on
11. “When is her birthday?” - “________”
A. At March B. On March C. In March
12. What time do you have dinner? - “________”
A. at 7 p.m B. on 7 p.m C. in 7 p.m
13. When do you play with your classmates?
A. at the afternoon
B. on the afternoon
C. in the afternoon
14. When does your sister finish her work?
A. at night B. on night C. in night
15. “When does it snow?” - “________”
A. At winter B. On winter C. In winter
16. “When were you bom?” - “________”
A. At April 3rd B. On April 3rd C. In April 3rd
17. “When does summer start?” - “________”
A. At the beginning of May
B. On the beginning of May
C. In the beginning of May
18. “When do we get a lot of presents?” - “________”
A. At Christmas B. On Christmas C. In Christmas
19. “When did you move to Hanoi?” - “________”
A. At 2007 B. On 2007 C. In 2007
20. “When do you usually go camping?” - “________”
A. At Sunday morning
B. On Sunday morning
C. In Sunday morning
1. She is standing between her friends. ___________
2. I will leave for Hanoi in Wednesday morning. ___________
3. There are some magazines in the table. ___________
4. Do you like swimming under the pool? ___________
5. Lan sits next me in the class. ___________
6. My school is not far my house. ___________
7. She was born in September 25th. ___________
8. Does it rain on summer? ___________
9. Some boys in my class usually play football in break time. ___________
10. He sometimes goes to bed in midnight. ___________
III. READING
Exercise 1. Fin ill the blanks with the suitable words in the box.
leave find take choose state
go study private start stay
Secondary education in the USA
In the USA, students (1) ___________ their secondary education at the age of 11. First they (2)
___________ to Middle School for three years. Then they go for High School for four years, from the age 14
to 18. Some students (3) ___________ school when they are 16 and (4) ___________ jobs. But most students
(5) ___________ at High School still they are 18. Then they (6) ___________ exams and they get "High
School Diploma". There aren't any national exams.
All students at secondary school in the USA (7) ___________ English, Maths, Science, and P.E., but
students (8) ___________ other subjects, so they don't all study the same subjects.
About 90% of students in the USA go to (9) ___________ schools. About 10% go to (10) ___________
schools. Most of the private schools are religious schools.
Exercise 2. Fill in each blank with a suitable word.
If the teacher (1) ___________ a question, you are expected to give an answer. If you do not understand
the question, you should (2) ___________ your hand and ask the teacher to repeat the question. If you do not
know the answer, it is all right to tell the teacher that you do not know. Then he ( 3) ___________ she knows
what you need to learn.
There is no excuse for not doing your homework. If you are absent, you should call your (4) ___________
or someone who is in your class and ask for the assignment. It is your responsibility to find out what
assignments you have missed. It is not the teacher's responsibility to remind you of missed assignments.
You must not be absent on a test day. If you are seriously ill, call and let the teacher know you will not be
there for the test. (5) ___________ teacher allows make-up tests, you should take the test within one or two
days after returning to class. Serious illness is the only reason for missing a test.
The Temple of Literature is about 10 minutes away from Hoan Kiem Lake. It was constructed in 1070
under Ly Thanh Tong’s dynasty, first to honor Confucius and nowadays to celebrate the doctorate and high-
ranking scholar of Viet Nam. In 1076, Emperor Ly Nhan Tong continued the work and built the Imperial
Academy as the first university of Viet Nam.
The Temple is divided into five courtyards. The first courtyard is from the main gate to Dai Trung Gate.
The second is with Khue Van Pavilion. The pavilion symbol is used on the street signs of Ha Noi. The third
courtyard is the place where the doctorate names were listed on the stone tablets above tortoise backs. The
fourth courtyard is dedicated for Confucius and his 72 honored students, as well as Chu Van An - one of the
most famous teachers at the Imperial Academy. The last is also the farthest courtyard is Thai Hoc House,
which was used as the Imperial Academy. Thai Hoc House holds a small collection of old- time costumes for
students and scholars.
1. Where is the Temple of Literature?
________________________________________________________________.
2. When and by whom was it built?
________________________________________________________________.
3. How many courtyards are there in the Temple of Literature?
________________________________________________________________.
4. Which courtyard has Khue Van Pavilion?
________________________________________________________________.
5. What is the Khue Van Pavilion symbol used for?
________________________________________________________________.
VI. WRITING
1. is / a / the / house. / There / dog / behind
________________________________________________________________.
2. is / in / park. / pond / the / There / a
________________________________________________________________.
3. There / a / to / the / school. / is / next / boy
________________________________________________________________.
4. There / a / between / the / and / library. / is / tree / bank / the
________________________________________________________________.
5. There / a / bus / to / stop. / is / the / bus / next
________________________________________________________________.
6. David / and / father / the / Temple of Literature / week. / his / last / visited
________________________________________________________________.
7. My / graduated / the / University of Melbourne / in / from /2012./ brother
________________________________________________________________.
8. Hung Kings’ Temple / a / cultural / in / Viet Nam? / Is / place
________________________________________________________________.
9. Thong Nhat / is / a / tourist / in / Ho Chi Minh / City. / Palace / attraction
________________________________________________________________.
10. The / were / carefully / for / the / exam. / students / prepared / final.
________________________________________________________________.
Exercise 2. Write the questions to the underlined words.
1. __________________________________________________________.
I made it from a piece of wood.
2. __________________________________________________________.
She bought it at the shop over there.
3. __________________________________________________________.
Daisy has an appointment at 10.30 this morning.
4. __________________________________________________________.
Her date of birth is on August 21st.
5. __________________________________________________________.
The bank is opposite the restaurant.
6. __________________________________________________________.
My father was in Ha Noi last month.
7. __________________________________________________________.
He traveled to Nha Trang by coach.
8. __________________________________________________________.
Her brother and sister play sports after lunch.
9. __________________________________________________________.
It’s about two kilometers from my house to the movie theater.
10. __________________________________________________________.
She worried about the next examination.
TEST 2. UNIT 4-6
1. A. collection B. tradition C. exhibition D. question
2. A. version B. pleasure C. usual D. design
3. A. closure B. sure C. pleasure D. leisure
4. A. ocean B. concert C. musician D. official
5. A. so B. expensive C. saxophone D. music
6. A. theater B. health C. bath D. father
7. A. storage B. advantage C. message D. garage
8. A. feature B. chapter C. literature D. culture
9. A. language B. passage C. danger D. angry
10. A. dedicate B. graduate C. gradual D. soldier
1. A. adventure B. advertisement C. buffalo D. detective
2. A. cavity B. unhealthy C. personal D. shower
3. A. music B. science C. teacher D. contain
4. A. paddle B. invent C. display D. cartoon
5. A. information B. direction C. tomato D. potato
6. A. surprise B. sugar C. profession D. success
7. A. advance B. around C. industry D. imperial
8. A. natural B. national C. literature D. suggestion
9. A. charming B. champagne C. children D. charity
10. A. recognition B. temple C. tablet D. emperor
Exercise 3. Choose the word that doesn’t belong to the group in each sentence.
3. A. rock B. rap C. ballet D. Pop
4. A. film director B. film producer C. singer D. Actor
6. A. sick B. temperature C. tired D. weak
7. A. flu B. stomachache C. allergy D. fat
8. A. sleep B. happy C. live D. smile
9. A. cough B. headache C. weak D. sore throat
10. A. sunburn B. toothache C. earache D. unhealthy
1. There isn’t ________ for dinner, so I have to go to the market.
A. any left B. any leaving C. some leaving D. some left
2. A ________ is a small meal that you eat when you are in a hurry.
A. snack B. fast food C. breakfast D. lunch
3. ________ is hot food that is quick to cook, and is served very quickly in a restaurant
A. Hot food B. Fast food C. Sandwiches D. Hamburgers
4. ________ should I put it into the glass?
A. How B. How much C. How many D. What
5. ________ tomatoes do you need to make the sauce?
A. How much B. How long C. How many D. How often
6. ________ bottles of milk does your family need for a week?
A. How much B. How many C. How D. How often
7. How many ________ do you want?
A. orange juice B. bottles of orange juice
C. jar of orange juice D. cartons of orange juice
8. Is there any butter ________ in the refrigerator?
A. leave B. to leave C. leaving D. left
9. Would you like ________ bread?
A. some B. any C. a D. an
10. My old house is different ________ the new one.
A. from B. with C. of D. to
11. Who’s the man ________ that photograph?
12. Some people like to sit ________ the front row.
13. Turn left ________ the traffic lights!
14. We’ll meet Henry ________ the entrance of the palace.
15. There’s a notice ________ the door. It says “Do not disturb!”.
16. I’ve been ________ Australia 3 times.
17. Children, get ________ the car and fasten the seatbelt!
18. What did you do ________ last night, Joe?
A. in B. on C. 🗶 D. to
19. I saw Steve ________ a concert ________ Sunday.
A. in - at B.at-on C. at-in D. on – on
20. Water boils ________ 100 degrees Celsius.
21. We need a little ________.
A. spoons B. sauce C. peas D. Lemons
22. How ________ toys does your son have? - A lot, I think.
A. much B. some C. any D. many
23. I have ________ pears, just only plums.
A. any B. a few C. no D. Some
24. Jane has ________ knowledge about this subject. I think she should ask her teacher for further information.
A. little B. few C. a little D. a few
25. In my country, it rains ________ in summer.
A. a lot B. a lot of C. many D. Some
26. How ________ did this laptop cost last week?
A. many B. some C. any D. Much
27. They didn’t have ________ fun at the party.
A. a lot B. few C. much D. little
28. You can take ________ bus. They all go to the city center.
A. a B. some C. many D. any
29. There aren’t ________ tourists here due to the pandemic.
A. much B. many C. some D. few
30. A lot of people ________ fast nowadays.
A. drive B. drives C. driving D. Drove
31. Today, subjects like music and arts are put into the school ________ in Viet Nam.
A. curriculum B. education C. school year D. subjects
32. Robert does not have Peter does.
A. money more than B. as many money as
C. more money as D. as much money as
33. For many people, a good knowledge of music and arts is regarded as a ________ for every student.
A. inneeds B. necessity C. necessary D. need
34. Last year, Matt earned ________ his brother.
A. twice as much as B. twice as many as
C. twice more than D. twice as more as
35. Arts are of great ________ in education, especially for young children.
A. unimportant B. unimportance C. importantly D. importance
36. When I was young, I ________ be very thin.
A. used to B. use to C. am used to D. got used to
37. I ________ the dishes after meals.
A. am wash usually B. usually wash
C. usually washes D. wash usually
38. They ________ really hard-working at school.
39. My brother ________ playing golf now.
A. like B. is like C. is liking D. likes
40. I used to ________ listening to pop music. Now I like country music.
A. enjoying B. enjoys C. enjoy D. enjoyed
1. Crazy Paint art gallery is as good than before. _______
2. Van Mieu are at the back of Thien Quang Tinh well. _______
3. Duong say it is very loud at pop concerts. _______
4. She’s going to visiting the Temple of Literature - the Imperial Academy. _______
5. The singer I likes most is Karen Carpenter. _______
6. They come here to wish the good results for they exams. _______
7. Many tourist come to see the water puppet show. _______
8. It makes I feel free and relaxed after a hard day. _______
9. He began his career as any teacher. _______
10. There will be more tourists who visit this place in the now. _______
Exercise 6. Fill in each blank with the comparative, superlative or (not) as … as of the adjective given in
brackets.
The New Orleans Carnival is (1. not/ big) _______ the carnival in Rio de Janeiro, but it
is (2. famous) _______ carnival in the USA. It is (3. colorful) _______ the carnival in Rio de Janeiro and it
is (4. exciting) _______ event in New Orleans every year. The weather in New Orleans is (5. not/
good) _______ that in Rio de Janeiro, but people are (6. friendly) _______. The carnival season lasts for two
weeks but (7. busy) _______ time is the last five days. The carnival is (8. big)
_______and (9. exciting) _______ than ever during these five days. It is (10. good) _______ time to visit New
Orleans!
Exercise 7. Fill in the blanks with the suitable words in the box.
comes after put famous noodles
Bun Cha
Pho might be Viet Nam’s most (1) _______ dish but bun cha is the top choice when it (2) _______ to
lunchtime in the capital.
You’ll find bun cha — a Ha Noi specialty at food stalls across Ha Noi. Just look for the clouds of meaty
smoke (3) _______ 11 a.m when street-side restaurants start grilling up small round flat slides of seasoned
pork over a charcoal fire. The pork is (4) _______ in a mixture of spices before they are grilled. Once they’re
well-grilled and crispy, they are served with a large bowl of a sweetish fish sauce broth, a basket of herbs and a
small amount of cold rice (5) _______. Dip everything in the broth and enjoy!
Exercise 8. Fill in each blank with a suitable word in the box.
However made best was much
leaving wrote lived in the
One of the first novels in the history of literature (1) _______ written in England in 1719. It was
Robinson Crusoe by Daniel Defoe. Daniel Defoe was born (2) _______ London in the family of a rich man.
When Daniel was a schoolboy, he began to write stories. After (3) _______ school, he worked in his father's
shop and (4) _______ articles for newspapers. Defoe visited many countries and met many people. That helped
him (5) _______ in his writings.
In 1719, when Defoe was sixty years old, he wrote the novel Robinson Crusoe which (6) _______ him
famous. Defoe used in his book a true story about a sailor who (7) _______ on an island for four years.
Robinson Crusoe, in Defoe's novel, lived on an island for twenty-eight years. People liked ( 8) _______ novel
in England and in many other countries, Daniel Defoe wrote other books. (9) _______, his novel Robinson
Crusoe was the (10) _______ famous. Defoe was not a rich man when he died in 1731.
Exercise 9. Read the passage and circle the best options.
The 25th meeting of the FAO Committee on Fisheries (COFI) that will take place in February 2003 comes
at a (1) _______ time in the quest for sustainable fisheries. Meeting in Johannesburg at the World Summit on
Sustainable Development in 2002, world leaders ( ) _______ the vital role of marine fisheries to economic and
food security and to biodiversity in general. Leaders established a number of fisheries commitments for the
world community, (3) _______ a call “to maintain or restore stocks to levels that can produce maximum
sustainable (4) _______ with the aim of achieving these goals for depleted stocks on an urgent basis and where
possible not later than 2015.”
The mission of FAO in the field of fisheries is to (5) _______ and secure the long-term sustainable
development and utilization of the world’s fisheries and aquaculture. Many of the issues (6) _______ the
agenda for the 2003 COFI meeting will contribute directly to the goal of restoring depleted fish stocks and to
(7) _______ other commitments.
If we are to fulfill these commitments, we must take (8) _______ actions and set clear priorities. The most
recent FAO statistics indicate that over 70 percent of fisheries are (9) _______ overfished or are fished at their
maximum capacity. In coming years, production from many key fisheries will likely decline. Demand for
fisheries products, (10) _______, will continue to increase. The prospect of this growing shortfall poses our
greatest fisheries challenge today.
1. A. busy B. critical C. serious D. fine
2. A. declared B. claimed C. accepted D. acknowledged
3. A. giving B. making C. including D. containing
4. A. volume B. quantity C. amount D. yield
5. A. aid B. meet C. provide D. facilitate
6. A. on B. with C. in D. for
7. A. advancement B. advancing C. advanced D. advance
8. A. determined B. concentrated C. concerted D. focused
9. A. both B. or C. either D. neither
10. A. however B. consequently C. so D. therefore
Exercise 10. Read the passage, and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F)
UNESCO has recognized the 82 Doctors’ stone tablets as a Memory of the World. They are inscribed with
the names of 2,313 doctorate holders who passed the royal examinations between 1442 and 1780. The stone
tablets, which bear the name of Trang Nguyen, Bang Nhan, Tham Hoa, and Hoang Giap (the first, second,
third, and fourth winning categories of the royal examinations), sit on the backs of stone turtles.
These stone tablets are different from those in other Asian countries, including China which has
influenced Viet Nam feudal education. The decoration on Viet Nam’s stone tablets were more diverse.
By naming Viet Nam’s stone tablets as a Memory of the World, UNESCO acknowledges Viet Nam’s
effort to preserve and promote heritages to the international community. The recognition would also help to
raise the awareness in heritage preservation.
True False
1. UNESCO has recognized the 82 Doctors’ stone tablets as the World Heritage.
2. The stone tablets are inscribed with the names of more than 2,300 Doctors
who passed the royal examinations throughout its history.
3. The stone tablets in the Temple of Literature in Ha Noi unique because they
are different from those in other Asian countries.
4. Viet Nam has made a lot of effort to preserve and promote its heritage.
5. The recognition of UNESCO helps to make people more aware of the need for
heritage preservation.
1. is / Nam / interested / computer / in / games.
_________________________________________________________________________
2. His / is / toy / cars. / hobby / collecting
_________________________________________________________________________
3. about / How / going / the / to / cinema?
_________________________________________________________________________
4. I / listen / to / rarely / opera / home. / at
_________________________________________________________________________
5. good / It’s / for / to / do / physical / you / exercises.
_________________________________________________________________________
6. He / his / teaching / continued / career / and / books. / wrote
_________________________________________________________________________
7. Oxford University / is / one / of / considered / the / universities / best / in / the / UK.
_________________________________________________________________________
8. It's / a / idea / eat / good / different / of / fruit / and / every day. / to / kinds / vegetables
_________________________________________________________________________
9. Eating / fruit / is / much / for you / a glass / fruit / juice. / fresh / better / than / of
_________________________________________________________________________
10. Viet Nam, / In / the Dan Bau / a / musical / instrument. / is / traditional
_________________________________________________________________________
1. It took him three hours to make this pottery jug. (spent)
_________________________________________________________________________
2. My house is the oldest house on the street. (No)
_________________________________________________________________________
3. Doing physical exercises is good for you. (to do)
_________________________________________________________________________
4. Let’s walk to work. (about)
_________________________________________________________________________
5. My best friend is a big fan of K-Pop music. (fond)
_________________________________________________________________________
6. My house is small and old. Your house is spacious and modem. (different from)
_________________________________________________________________________
7. Tim is better at English than Susan. (as)
_________________________________________________________________________
8. Listening to music gives him pleasure. (enjoys)
_________________________________________________________________________
9. He usually stayed up late to watch football matches last year, but now he doesn’t. (used)
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
Exercise 13. Write a description of your favourite Vietnamese food.
You should use the cues given:
🗶 Name of the food
🗶 Its ingredients
🗶 The way to cook/make it
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
st
1 TERM TEST
1. A. result B. unusual C. uncle D. difficult
2. A. piano B. fish C. like D. badminton
3. A. rest B. help C. garden D. identify
4. A. game B. arrange C. skate D. cake
5. A. over B. doll C. collect D. hobby
6. A. chair B. child C. cheese D. architect
7. A. stopped B. carried C. looked D. watched
8. A. takes B. ignores C. photographs D. trunks
9. A. elephants B. beaks C. eyes D. trips
10. A. bowls B. eggs C. sausages D. hamburgers
Exercise 2. Find the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. under B. behind C. comer D. tutor
2. A. ordinal B. calendar C. bicycle D. tomorrow
3. A. vehicle B. attentive C. grandmother D. happiness
4. A. birthday B. journey C. correct D. cupboard
5. A. secret B. dessert C. worried D. mirror
6. A. affair B. stressful C. normal D. honest
7. A. loyal B. jealous C. pretty D. confuse
8. A. relaxing B. excited C. faithfully D. delighted
9. A. suggest B. manage C. open D. follow
10. A. suppose B. silent C. remain D. explain
Exercise 3. Choose the word that doesn’t belong to the group.
1. A. well B. gate C. happy D. pavilion
2. A. tent B. church C. umbrella D. compass
3. A. pagoda B. temple C. shrine D. study
4. A. garage B. bathroom C. hall D. convenience
5. A. left B. cathedral C. square D. church
6. A. walk B. crowded C. exciting D. famous
7. A. sandy B. square C. palace D. pagoda
8. A. faraway B. historic C. incredibly D. inconvenient
9. A. nose B. mouth C. leg D. left
10. A. backyard B. busy C. sink D. table
1. Daisy and her family love (go) ________ to the park in the summer.
2. Her mum likes (lie) _____ on the blanket and loves (read) _____ her favorite magazines.
3. It is very hot outside. Please (wear) ________ a sun hat when you go out.
4. Getting plenty of rest is very good. It (help) ________ you to avoid depression.
5. I (see) ________ you at the party last night.
6. I (invite) ______ them to my birthday party yesterday, however, they (not come) ______.
7. The children (be) ________ very happy on their trip to Da Nang.
8. My hobby carving eggshells and now I (carve) ________ nearly 100.
9. Jane (put) ________ the pen on the table.
10. They (live) ________ here two years ago.
Exercise 5. Underline the correct words in the sentences.
1. There isn’t any / no butter in my sandwich.
2. Can I have some / any water, please?
3. Would you like no / some sugar in your coffee?
4. You can call me some / any time you like.
5. There aren’t no / any children in the park.
6. A: Do you drink much / many tea?
B: No, but I drink any / a lot of coffee.
7. A: Do you eat much / many vegetables?
B: Yes, I eat much / many potatoes every day. I always have some for lunch.
8. A: Do you buy much / many meat?
B: Yes, on Saturdays, I always buy a lot of / any meat at the market. I don’t buy any in the supermarket.
9. A: How much / many tomatoes do you usually put in a salad?
B: Not much /many - Just one or two.
10. A: How many / much money do you spend on food every week?
B: Not much / many because I live on my own.
Exercise 6. Complete the text with the verbs in the box.
starts go walks gets opens works
finishes arrive goes watches get
have lives needs plays practice
Leo doesn’t have a very normal routine. He (0) works in a nightclub, where he (1) ________ the piano
in a jazz band. The club (2) ________ at 11.00 at night, but the members of the band usually (3) ________
there at 9.00 and they (4) ________ for a couple of hours. The first customers (5) ________ at about 11.15 and
the show (6) ________ at midnight. It (7) ________ at 5.00 in the morning. Then Leo and his friends (8)
________ something to eat, before they (9) ________ home. Leo (10) ________ quite close to the club, so he
(11) ________ home. He (12) ________ to bed at 8.00, but he only (13) ________ about four hours of sleep,
so he (14) ________ up at midday. In the afternoon, he (15) ________ TV or he goes out.
Exercise 7. Choose the best answers.
1. We should brush _________ teeth twice a day.
A. he B. us C. we D. our
2. John and Jim are twins. _________ house is very big.
A. Their B. They C. You D. Them
3. Jack is _________ Daniel in my team.
A. less helpful than B. more helpful
C. as helpful D. the most helpful
4. The _________ it is, the _________ I get.
A. dark / cold B. darker / coldest
C. darker / colder D. darkest / coldest
5. I am the _________ in my family.
A. short B. shorter C. shortest as D. shortest
6. I _________ dinner for my family after school.
7. They _________ really friendly.
8. Our grandfather _________ us to school.
9. She _________ hard to be an excellent student.
10. Bob _________ volleyball with his friends in the afternoon.
11. I _________ them at the airport last week.
12. Hannah _________ me about her trip when we _________ at school.
A. telled - were B. told - be C. told - were D. told – are
13. _________ you get lots of presents on your birthday last week?
14. Where _________ you yesterday morning?
15. My best friend _________ a lovely dress at the party last night.
A. wears B. weared C. worn D. wore
16. They _________ some new books yesterday.
A. buy B. buyed C. bought D. was buyed
17. _________ each of your aunts want to buy a new house?
A. Does B. Do C. Am D. Is
18. Neither of the members _________ tired after doing aerobics every day.
A. feels B. feel C. to feel D. feeling
19. The injured _________ just recovered.
A. has B. have C. having D. to have
20. Amy as well as her mother _________ tidying the house at 8 o’clock this morning.
A. was B. were C. do D. does
21. Rose likes music. She often _________ to music in late evenings.
A. listen B. listening C. listens D. to listens
22. I enjoy _________ football after school.
A. doing B. playing C. seeing D. going
23. Mimi has a large _________ of stamps.
A. collect B. collection C. collecting D. collections
24. How _________ do you go to the library after school?
A. often B. much C. many D. usually
25. He is a(n) _________. He doesn't have a habit of eating meat.
A. patient B. expert C. vegetarian D. adult
26. Jenny usually eats some sweet cakes before going to sleep, so she may put _________ weight if she
continues to do that.
A. in B. up C. on D. into
27. Watching too much television is not good _________ you or your eyes.
A. with B. to C. at D. for
28. When you have the flu, you may have a cough and a _________ nose.
A. runny B. running C. flowing D. noisy
29. We came to the remote village and _________ meals for homeless children.
30. You should think of _________ the volunteer activities in your community.
31. Traditional volunteer activities include _________ money for people in need, cooking and giving food.
32. You can help young children by _________ them to do homework before or after school.
33. This river is _________ that one.
A. as length as B. the same length as
C. like length D. as deep as
34. James is _________ my older brother, but he looks young.
A. the same age of B. as old
C. the same age as D. so old as
35. You can see many interesting _________ in that art gallery.
A. paints B. colours C. portraits D. paper
36. The ring is _________ that one. How much does it cost?
A. as expensive B. so expensive as
C. as expensive as D. as expensively as
37. Before taking spring rolls into a pan, you should _________ it and _________ some cooking oil.
A. add - pour B. heat - add C. add - heat D. pour – add
38. Her favourite food is _________. It is a kind of ocean fish.
A. tuna B. sausage C. ham D. sauce
39. Many young men were _________ for the dedication to the country in the Imperial Academy.
A. renamed B. educated C. ranked D. grown
40. Many famous scholars in Viet Nam’s history were graduated _________ the Imperial Academy.
A. in B. to C. at D. from
Exercise 8. Underline the correct preposition to complete the sentences.
1. What will you do on / in Monday?
2. It is often rainy at / in autumn.
3. What did you do in / at the afternoon?
4. I often get up on / at 7 o’clock.
5. Flowers are beautiful at / in spring.
6. I watched a new film on / at midnight.
7. My brother’s birthday is at / on 16th December.
8. Sam watched a football match on TV on / in the evening.
9. Do you get presents on / in Christmas Day?
10. We had lunch at / on noon.
11. My father was bom on / in 1970.
12. It is very cold at / in winter.
13. Will you go to the club on / in Friday morning?
14. What did you do at / in Easter?
15. We’ll go on a picnic in / on Saturday.
1. Tuan finds playing table tennis interest because he plays it with his best friend.
___________________________________________________________________
2. My brother doesn’t likes ice-skating because he thinks it is dangerous.
___________________________________________________________________
3. A good laugh and an long sleep are the best cures.
___________________________________________________________________
4. Hygiene are two-thirds of health.
___________________________________________________________________
5. I like to do volunteer work because I can meet new peoples.
___________________________________________________________________
6. She was late because it were raining heavily.
___________________________________________________________________
7. Khanh is a gooder painter than Giang.
___________________________________________________________________
8. Her book is different as mine.
___________________________________________________________________
9. They have bread or noodles for breakfast, and rices for lunch and dinner.
___________________________________________________________________
10. He bought a few books and then leaved for home.
___________________________________________________________________
Exercise 10. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits each blank space in the
following passage.
It's important to (1) ________ well, especially when you are studying. If you are at primary (2) ________,
you may not go home for lunch and have a cooked meal of meat or (3) ________ and vegetables. A chicken
and lettuce sandwich, with some (4) ________ fruit would be a light but (5) ________ lunch. Many people
around the world eat plain, boiled (6) ________ two or three times a day.
Pupils and students often don't eat (7) ________ when they're revising for an exam - they eat chocolate and (8)
________ lots of black coffee! And by the way, doctors say everybody should start the day with healthy (9)
________. It's also good for you to drink a lot of (10) ________ through the day.
Exercise 11. Put a word from the box in each gap to complete the following passage.
Nem Ran or Cha Gio (Fried Spring Roll)
This (1) ________ is called Nem Ran by northerners and Cha Gio by southerners. In Ha Noi, the (2)
________ of Nem Ran dates back to a time (3) ________ Cha Ca had not existed. Although it ranks among
Vietnam's specialty dishes, Nem Ran is very (4) ________ to prepare. Consequently, it has long been a
preferred food on (5) ________ occasions such as Tet and other family festivities.
Ingredients used (6) ________ Nem Ran comprise of lean minced pork, see crabs or unshelled shrimps,
two kinds of edible mushroom (Nam Huong and Moc Nhi), (7) ________ onion, duck egg, pepper, salt and
different (8) ________ of seasoning. All are (9) ________ thoroughly before being wrapped with transparent
rice paper into small rolls. These rolls (10) ________ then fried in boiling oil.
Exercise 12. Read the conversation and circle the correct answers.
Tom: Hi Jack, I’m doing a survey on teenagers’ hobbies. Can I ask you a few questions?
Jack: Yes, go ahead.
Tom: Thanks. What do you often do in your leisure time?
Jack: Well, it’s actually not a popular type of hobbies, but in my free time I like doing origami.
Tom: You mean creating things from paper?
Jack: Yes. That’s exactly what I do - folding paper!
Tom: How long have you been doing it?
Jack: Well, it all started two years ago on my trip to Japan. I watched some origami artists folding some paper
animals and I liked it.
Tom: What do you enjoy about it?
Jack: It’s easy, inexpensive and great to share with others.
Tom: What do you do with the stuff you made?
Jack: I give some to my friends as birthday gifts, and sell some to get money.
1. What is the interview about?
A. a teenager’s hobby B. how to make origami C. a birthday present
2. What is Jack’s hobby?
A. creating paper B. folding paper C. recycling paper
3. How long has he had his hobby?
A. for two weeks B. for two months C. for two years
4. What does Jack say about his hobby?
A. It’s difficult. B. It’s expensive. C. It’s cheap
5. Which among these that Jack doesn’t do with the things he made
A. give them to his friends B. keep them in a box C. sell them
1. There are no bottles on the shelf. (aren’t)
______________________________________________________________________
2. We have no time to prepare the speech. (any)
______________________________________________________________________
3. She is more beautiful than her younger sister. (as)
______________________________________________________________________
4. They have studied English since 2004. (begin)
______________________________________________________________________
5. I don’t have time to collect stamps as when I was in primary school. (used)
______________________________________________________________________
6. Did you often go to the beach when you lived in Nha Trang? (use)
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
8. You’re the best guitarist in the school. (No one)
______________________________________________________________________
9. He finished his essay in two hours. (took)
______________________________________________________________________
10. Jakarta doesn’t have as many skyscrapers as Shanghai. (more)
______________________________________________________________________
11. To me, painting and drawing are the same. (different)
______________________________________________________________________
12. We watched the same film tonight and last night. (same)
______________________________________________________________________
13. I can’t tell the difference between his drawing and hers. (similar)
______________________________________________________________________
14. The exhibition is not very busy today compared to yesterday. (as)
______________________________________________________________________
15. The graffiti is much more complicated than I thought. (not)
______________________________________________________________________
Exercise 14. Reorder the words to make sentences.
1. Why / you / take / jogging? / don't / up
______________________________________________________________________
2. Eat / live, / not / to / eat. / to / live
______________________________________________________________________
3. They / English /choose / learn / because / it / bring / opportunities. / them / may / to
______________________________________________________________________
4. I / everybody / do / work. / believe / should / volunteer
______________________________________________________________________
5. Art / improves / life / skills. / education / students'
______________________________________________________________________
6. Students / are / more attentive / than those / who do not. / who study arts / at school
______________________________________________________________________
7. What / do / usually / breakfast? I time / have / they
______________________________________________________________________
8. The school / a parking lot / for / keeping / and / students’ bikes. / has / in the backyard / teachers’ motorbikes
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
9. Go along I that street, / is / the next comer. / the food shop / and / at
______________________________________________________________________
10. Last year, / participated in / for / street children. / Phuc / raising funds
______________________________________________________________________
Exercise 15. Write a paragraph about a historical site you have visited.
✔ The name of the site
✔ Where it is/was
✔ When it was constructed/established
✔ Its significance in the history
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
www.tailieugiaoduc.net Kho tài liệu miễn phí cho mọi người

BTBT Global Success 7 Ki 1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

BTBT Global Success 7 Ki 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ

💧 In the + buổi trong ngày (in the morning, ...)

💧 Trạng từ chỉ tần suất:

❄ Chúng ta có thể gặp các kiểu câu đơn sau:

BÀI TẬP BỘ TRỢ

💧 In the + buổi trong ngày (in the morning, ...)

💧 Trạng từ chỉ tần suất:

❄ Chúng ta có thể gặp các kiểu câu đơn sau:

You might also like